As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 2009

Securities Act File No. 333-         

Investment Company Act File No. 811-07694

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM N-14

 


 

 

Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933

x

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

o

 

Post Effective Amendment No.

o

 


 

MORGAN STANLEY EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10036

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(212) 296-6970

(Area Code and Telephone Number)

 


 

Stefanie V. Chang Yu, Esq.

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10036

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

Copy to:

 

Carl Frischling, Esq.

 

Leonard B. Mackey, Jr., Esq.

Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP

 

Clifford Chance US LLP

1177 Avenue of the Americas

 

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10036

 

New York, New York 10019

 


 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Title of Securities Being Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

 

Amount Of
Registration
Fee*

 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

$

1,000,000

 

$

55.80

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 



 

MORGAN STANLEY GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND FUND, INC.

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York  10036

(800) 231-2608

 

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD NOVEMBER 18, 2009

 

To the stockholders of Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc.:

 

Notice is hereby given of a Special Meeting of the Stockholders of Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc. (“Global Opportunity Bond”) to be held in Conference Room [·], [·] Floor, 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036, at [·] a.m., New York time, on November 18, 2009, and any adjournments or postponements thereof (the “Meeting”), for the following purposes:

 

1.             To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the actions and transactions described in that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated June 19, 2009 (the “Reorganization Agreement”), between Global Opportunity Bond and Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc. (“Emerging Markets Debt”), pursuant to which substantially all of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond would be transferred to Emerging Markets Debt and stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond would become stockholders of Emerging Markets Debt receiving shares of common stock of Emerging Markets Debt with a value equal to the value of their holdings in Global Opportunity Bond and Global Opportunity Bond would be dissolved (the “Reorganization”); and

 

2.             To act upon such other matters as may properly come before the Meeting, or any adjournments or postponements thereof.

 

The Reorganization is more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement and Prospectus and a copy of the Reorganization Agreement is attached as Exhibit A thereto, both of which are incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders.  Stockholders of record of Global Opportunity Bond at the close of business on September 4, 2009 are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Meeting.  Please read the Proxy Statement and Prospectus carefully before telling us, through your Proxy or in person, how you wish your shares to be voted.  Alternatively, if you are eligible to vote telephonically by touchtone telephone or electronically on the Internet (as discussed in the enclosed Proxy Statement) you may do so in lieu of attending the Meeting in person.  The Board of Directors of Global Opportunity Bond recommends you vote in favor of the Reorganization.  We urge you to sign, date and mail the enclosed Proxy promptly.

 

 

By: Order of the Board of Directors,

 

 

 

 

 

MARY E. MULLIN

 

Secretary

 

[·], 2009

 

You can help avoid the necessity and expense of sending follow-up letters to ensure a quorum by promptly returning the enclosed Proxy.  If you are unable to be present in person, please fill in, sign and return the enclosed Proxy in order that the necessary quorum be represented at the Meeting.  The enclosed envelope requires no postage if mailed in the United States.  Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will be able to vote telephonically by touchtone telephone or electronically on the Internet by following instructions on their Proxy Cards or on the enclosed Voting Information Card.

 



 

MORGAN STANLEY EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC.

522 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York  10036
(800) 231-2608

 

Acquisition of the Assets of
Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc.

By and in Exchange for Shares of Common Stock of
Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc.

 

This Proxy Statement and Prospectus is being furnished to stockholders of Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc. (“Global Opportunity Bond”) in connection with an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated June 19, 2009 (the “Reorganization Agreement”), pursuant to which substantially all the assets of Global Opportunity Bond will be transferred to Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc. (“Emerging Markets Debt”) in exchange for shares of common stock (“common shares”) of Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportity Bond will be dissolved (the “Reorganization”).  As a result of this transaction, stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will become stockholders of Emerging Markets Debt and will receive common shares of Emerging Markets Debt with an aggregate net asset value (“NAV”) equal to the aggregate NAV of their holdings in Global Opportunity Bond.  The terms and conditions of this transaction are more fully described in this Proxy Statement and Prospectus and in the Reorganization Agreement between Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt attached hereto as Exhibit A.  The address of Global Opportunity Bond is that of Emerging Markets Debt set forth above.  This Proxy Statement also constitutes a Prospectus of Emerging Markets Debt, which is dated [·], 2009, filed by Emerging Markets Debt with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) as part of its Registration Statement on Form N-14 (the “Registration Statement”).

 

Emerging Markets Debt, a Maryland corporation, is a closed-end management investment company whose primary investment objective is to seek a high level of current income and, as a secondary investment objective, seeks capital appreciation.  Emerging Markets Debt seeks to achieve its investment objectives through investments primarily in debt securities of government and government-related issuers located in emerging market countries and of entities organized to restructure outstanding debt of such issuers.

 

This Proxy Statement and Prospectus sets forth concisely information about Emerging Markets Debt that stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond ought to know before voting on the Reorganization.  Enclosed and incorporated herein by reference is Emerging Markets Debt’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.  A Statement of Additional Information, dated [·], 2009, relating to the Reorganization, described in this Proxy Statement and Prospectus has been filed with the Commission and is also incorporated herein by reference.  Such documents, including the Statement of Additional Information, as well as additional information about Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond, have been filed with the Commission and are available upon request without charge by calling (800) 231 2608 (toll-free) or by visiting the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov.  Currently, the common shares of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).  Reports, proxy statements and other information concerning Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt can be inspected at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004.

 

Investors are advised to read and retain this Proxy Statement and Prospectus for future reference.

 

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any State Securities Commission, nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any State Securities Commission passed on the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

This Proxy Statement and Prospectus is dated [·], 2009.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROXY STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS

 

 

Page

 

 

Introduction

1

General

1

Record Date; Share Information

1

Proxies

2

Expenses of Solicitation

2

Vote Required

3

Fee Table

3

Example

3

Synopsis

4

The Reorganization

4

Comparison of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt

5

Principal Risks

6

Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

6

Dividends

6

Financial Highlights

6

Global Opportunity Bond

7

Emerging Markets Debt

7

Financial Information

8

The Reorganization

8

The Proposal

8

The Board’s Considerations

8

The Reorganization Agreement

9

Tax Aspects of the Reorganization

10

Description of Common Shares

12

Appraisal Rights

12

Capitalization Table (unaudited)

13

Comparison of Investment Objectives, Policies and Restrictions

13

Investment Objectives and Policies

13

Investment Restrictions

14

Information About The Funds

14

General

14

Management of the Funds

14

Investment Advisory Agreement

15

Portfolio Management

15

Administrator

16

Other Service Providers

16

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

16

Description of Capital Stock

17

Trading History and Share Price Data

19

Dividends And Distributions; Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan

20

Details of the Plan

20

Principal Risk Factors

21

Additional Risk Considerations

33

Financial Statements and Experts

34

Legal Matters

34

Additional Information

34

Other Business

34

Exhibit A Agreement and Plan of Reorganization

35

 

i



 

MORGAN STANLEY GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND FUND, INC.

522 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York  10036
(800) 231-2608

 

PROXY STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS

 

Special Meeting of Stockholders
to be Held November 18, 2009

 

INTRODUCTION

 

General

 

This Proxy Statement and Prospectus is being furnished to the stockholders of Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Global Opportunity Bond”), which is a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company, in connection with the solicitation by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Global Opportunity Bond of Proxies to be used at the Special Meeting of Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond to be held in Conference Room [·],[·] Floor, 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036, at [·] a.m., New York time, on November 18, 2009, and any adjournments or postponements thereof (the “Meeting”).  It is expected that the first mailing of this Proxy Statement and Prospectus will be made on or about [·], 2009.

 

At the Meeting, stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will consider and vote upon the actions and transactions described in that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated June 19, 2009 (the “Reorganization Agreement”), between Global Opportunity Bond and Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc. (“Emerging Markets Debt” and, together with Global Opportunity Bond, the “Funds”), pursuant to which substantially all of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond will be transferred to Emerging Markets Debt in exchange for shares of common stock (“common shares”) of Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond will be dissolved (the “Reorganization”).  As a result of the Reorganization, stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will become stockholders of Emerging Markets Debt and will receive common shares of Emerging Markets Debt equal to the aggregate net asset value (“NAV”) of the aggregate NAV of their holdings in Global Opportunity Bond on the date of such Reorganization.  The common shares to be issued by Emerging Markets Debt pursuant to the Reorganization (the “Emerging Markets Debt Shares”) will be issued at NAV.  Further information relating to Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt is set forth herein.

 

Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt are non-diversified, closed-end management investment companies.  It is proposed that, upon approval of the Reorganization, stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond receive Emerging Markets Debt Shares equal to the aggregate NAV of the aggregate NAV of their holdings in Global Opportunity Bond on the date of the Reorganization.  The information concerning Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt contained herein has been supplied by Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt, respectively.  Each of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt is referred to herein as a “Fund” and together as the “Funds.”  The fund resulting from the Reorganization is referred to as the “Combined Fund.”

 

Record Date; Share Information

 

The Board has fixed the close of business on September 4, 2009 as the record date (the “Record Date”) for the determination of the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Meeting.  As of the Record Date, there were [·] common shares of Global Opportunity Bond issued and outstanding.  Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond on the Record Date are entitled to one vote per common share and a fractional vote for a fractional share on each matter submitted to a vote at the Meeting.  A majority of the outstanding common shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum at the Meeting.

 



 

Proxies

 

The enclosed form of Proxy, if properly executed and returned, will be voted in accordance with the choice specified thereon.  The Proxy will be voted in favor of the Reorganization unless a choice is indicated to vote against or to abstain from voting on the Reorganization.  The Board knows of no business, other than that set forth in the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, to be presented for consideration at the Meeting.  However, the Proxy confers discretionary authority upon the persons named therein to vote as they determine on other business, not currently contemplated, which may come before the Meeting.

 

Abstentions and “broker non-votes” will have the effect of votes against the Reorganization, and “broker non-votes” will not be deemed to be present at the meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present.  Broker “non-votes” are common shares held in street name for which the broker indicates that instructions have not been received from the beneficial owners or other persons entitled to vote and for which the broker does not have discretionary voting authority.  If a Global Opportunity Bond stockholder executes and returns a Proxy but fails to indicate how the votes should be cast, the Proxy will be voted in favor of the Reorganization Agreement.  The Proxy may be revoked at any time prior to the voting thereof by:  (i) delivering written notice of revocation to the Secretary of Global Opportunity Bond, 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036; (ii) attending the Meeting and voting in person; or (iii) completing and returning a new Proxy (whether by mail or, as discussed below, by touchtone telephone or the Internet) (if returned and received in time to be voted).  Attendance at the Meeting will not in and of itself revoke a Proxy.

 

In the event that the necessary quorum to transact business or the vote required to approve or reject the Reorganization is not obtained at the Meeting, the persons named as proxies may propose one or more adjournments of the Meeting to permit further solicitation of Proxies.  Any such adjournment will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of common shares of Global Opportunity Bond present in person or by proxy at the Meeting.  The persons named as proxies will vote in favor of such adjournment those proxies which they are entitled to vote in favor of the Reorganization and will vote against any such adjournment those proxies required to be voted against the Reorganization.  Abstentions and “broker non-votes” will not be counted for purposes of approving an adjournment.

 

Expenses of Solicitation

 

The expenses of this solicitation, including the cost of preparing and mailing this Proxy Statement and Prospectus, will be borne by both Funds, which expenses are expected to approximate $71,025.  The expenses will be allocated among Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt in the amounts of $68,059 and $2,966, respectively.  [Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt will bear all of their respective other expenses associated with the Reorganization.]

 

The solicitation of Proxies will be by mail, which may be supplemented by solicitation by mail, telephone or otherwise through officers of Global Opportunity Bond or officers and regular employees of Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (the “Adviser”) and/or Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, without special compensation therefor.  As described below, Global Opportunity Bond will employ Computershare Fund Services, Inc. (“Computershare”) to make telephone calls to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond to remind them to vote.  In addition, Global Opportunity Bond may also employ Computershare as proxy solicitor if it appears that the required number of votes to achieve a quorum will not be received.  In the event that Computershare is retained as proxy solicitor, Computershare will be paid a project management fee as well as telephone solicitation expenses incurred for reminder calls, outbound telephone voting, confirmation of telephone votes, inbound telephone contact, obtaining stockholders’ telephone numbers and providing additional materials upon stockholder request, at an estimated cost of $[·] and the expenses outlined below.

 

Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will be able to vote their common shares by touchtone telephone or electronically on the Internet by following the instructions on the Proxy Card or on the Voting Information Card accompanying this Proxy Statement.  To vote by Internet or by telephone, stockholders can access the website or call the toll-free number listed on the Proxy Card or noted in the enclosed voting instructions.  To vote by touchtone telephone, stockholders will need the number that appears on the Proxy Card.

 

2



 

In certain instances, Morgan Stanley or Computershare may call stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond to ask if they would be willing to have their votes recorded by telephone.  The telephone voting procedure is designed to authenticate stockholders’ identities, to allow stockholders to authorize the voting of their common shares in accordance with their instructions and to confirm that their instructions have been recorded properly.  No recommendation will be made as to how a stockholder should vote on any proposal other than to refer to the recommendations of the Board.  Global Opportunity Bond has been advised by counsel that these procedures are consistent with the requirements of applicable law.  Stockholders voting by telephone in this manner will be asked for identifying information and will be given an opportunity to authorize proxies to vote their common shares in accordance with their instructions.  To ensure that the stockholders’ instructions have been recorded correctly, stockholders will receive a confirmation of their instructions in the mail.  A special toll-free number set forth in the confirmation will be available in case the information contained in the confirmation is incorrect.  Although a stockholder’s vote may be taken by telephone, each stockholder will receive a copy of this Proxy Statement and may vote by mail using the enclosed Proxy Card or by touchtone telephone or electronically on the Internet as set forth above.  The last proxy vote received in time to be voted, whether by Proxy Card, touchtone telephone or the Internet, will be the last vote that is counted and will revoke all previous votes by the stockholder.

 

Vote Required

 

Approval of the Reorganization by the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond requires the affirmative vote of a majority of  all votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond on the matter.  If the Reorganization is not approved by stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond, Global Opportunity Bond will continue in existence and the Board will consider alternative actions.

 

FEE TABLE

 

The following table briefly describes the fees and expenses that the stockholders of the Funds bear directly and indirectly from an investment in the Funds.  These expenses are deducted from each respective Fund’s assets and are based on expenses paid by each Fund for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.  Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt each pays expenses for management of its assets and other services, and those expenses are reflected in the NAV per share of each Fund.  The table also sets forth pro forma fees for the Combined Fund reflecting what the fee schedule would have been on [December 31], 2008, if the Reorganization had been consummated twelve (12) months prior to that date.

 

 

 

Global
Opportunity
Bond

 

Emerging
Markets Debt

 

Combined Fund
(Pro Forma)(1)

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advisory Fees

 

1.00

%

1.00

%

1.00

%

Interest Payment on Borrowed Funds(2)

 

0.35

%

0.09

%

0.09

%

Other Expenses

 

0.65

%

0.19

%(3)

0.19

%(3)

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

2.00

%

1.28

%(3)

1.28

%(3)

 

Example

 

To attempt to show the effect of these expenses on an investment over time, the hypotheticals shown below have been created.  The example assumes that an investor invests $1,000 in either Global Opportunity Bond, Emerging Markets Debt or the Combined Fund, that the investment has a 5% return each year and that the operating expenses for each Fund remain the same (as set forth in the chart above).  Although a stockholder’s actual costs may be higher or lower, the tables below show a stockholder’s costs at the end of each period based on these assumptions depending upon whether or not a stockholder sold his common shares at the end of each period.

 

 

 

Global Opportunity Bond

 

Emerging Markets Debt

 

Combined Fund
(Pro Forma)

 

After 1 Year

 

$

20

 

$

13

 

$

13

 

After 3 Years

 

$

63

 

$

41

 

$

41

 

 

3



 

 

 

Global Opportunity Bond

 

Emerging Markets Debt

 

Combined Fund
(Pro Forma)

 

After 5 Years

 

$

108

 

$

70

 

$

70

 

After 10 Years

 

$

233

 

$

155

 

$

155

 

 


(1)

 

Pro forma expenses are calculated based on the assets of the Funds as of [December 31], 2008.

(2)

 

This amount reflects interest rate payments on reverse repurchase agreements representing 0.35%, 0.09% and 0.09% of the net assets of Global Opportunity Bond, Emerging Markets Debt and the Combined Fund, respectively. The use of reverse repurchase agreements beyond this amount would cause this amount to increase accordingly. The amount shown in the table assumes an interest rate of 4.07%, 3.17% and 3.17% for each of Global Opportunity Bond, Emerging Markets Debt and the Combined Fund, respectively. The interest rate costs of any reverse repurchase agreements will vary over time based on market conditions.

(3)

 

The Adviser has voluntarily agreed to waive receipt of a portion of the administration fee so that the administration fee will not exceed 0.02435% of each of Emerging Markets Debt and the Combined Fund’s average net assets plus $24,000 per annum. The Net Annual Expenses taking into account the fee waiver would be 1.23% for each of Emerging Markets Debt and the Combined Fund.

 

The projected post-Reorganization pro forma Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses and Example presented above represent good faith estimates; however, there can be no assurance that any particular level of expenses or expense savings will be achieved, because expenses depend on a variety of factors, including the future level of fund assets, many of which are beyond the control of Emerging Markets Debt or the Adviser. Consequently, the Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses.  Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.

 

The purpose of the foregoing fee table is to assist the stockholder in understanding the various costs and expenses that a stockholder in each Fund will bear directly or indirectly.  For a more complete description of these costs and expenses, see “Synopsis—Comparison of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt—Investment Advisory Fees; and Other Significant Fees” below.

 

SYNOPSIS

 

The following is a synopsis of certain information contained in this Proxy Statement and Prospectus.  This synopsis is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information contained in this Proxy Statement and Prospectus and the Reorganization Agreement.  Stockholders should carefully review this Proxy Statement and Prospectus and the Reorganization Agreement in their entirety.

 

The Reorganization

 

The Reorganization Agreement provides for the acquisition by Emerging Markets Debt of substantially all of the assets and the assumption of substantially all of the liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond in exchange for newly-issued Emerging Markets Debt Shares.  The aggregate NAV of the Emerging Markets Debt Shares issued in the exchange will equal the aggregate value of the net assets of Global Opportunity Bond received by Emerging Markets Debt.  On or after the closing date scheduled for the Reorganization (the “Closing Date”), Global Opportunity Bond will distribute the Emerging Markets Debt Shares received by Global Opportunity Bond to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond as of the Valuation Date (as defined below) in complete liquidation of Global Opportunity Bond, and Global Opportunity Bond will thereafter be deregistered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and dissolved under Maryland law, the state of its incorporation.  As a result of the Reorganization, each Global Opportunity Bond stockholder will receive that number of full and fractional Emerging Markets Debt Shares equal in value to such stockholder’s pro rata interest in the net assets of Global Opportunity Bond transferred to Emerging Markets Debt.  The Board has determined that the interests of stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization.  The “Valuation Date” is the third business day following the receipt of the requisite approval by the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond of the Reorganization Agreement or at such other time as the Funds may agree, on which date the number of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be delivered to Global Opportunity Bond will be determined.

 

At least one but not more than 20 business days prior to the Valuation Date, Global Opportunity Bond will declare and pay a dividend or dividends which, together with all previous such dividends, will have the effect of distributing to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond substantially all of Global Opportunity Bond’s investment company taxable income for all periods since the inception of Global Opportunity Bond through and including the Valuation Date (computed without regard to any dividends paid deduction), and substantially all of Global Opportunity Bond’s net capital gain, if any, realized in such periods (after reduction for any capital loss carryovers).

 

For the reasons set forth below under “The Reorganization—The Board’s Considerations,” the Board, including the Directors who are not “interested persons” of Global Opportunity Bond (“Independent

 

4



 

Directors”), as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, has concluded that the Reorganization is advisable and in the best interests of Global Opportunity Bond and its stockholders and recommends approval of the Reorganization Agreement.

 

Comparison of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt

 

Global Opportunity Bond is a non-diversified closed-end management investment company, with assets of, as of June 30, 2009, approximately $[·] million, that invests in high yield bonds of issuers located throughout the world, including U.S. issuers and issuers in emerging market countries.  Emerging Markets Debt is a non-diversified closed-end management investment company and is significantly larger that Global Opportunity Bond, with assets of, as of June 30, 2009, approximately $[·] million.  Emerging Markets Debt pursues investment strategies that are similar to those of Global Opportunity Bond.

 

Investment Objectives and Policies.  The investment objectives and policies of the Funds are generally similar, except as outlined below  The following table shows the investment objectives and principal investment policies of each Fund.

 

Global Opportunity Bond

 

Emerging Markets Debt

Investment Objectives

 

Investment Objectives

 

 

 

 

 

·

seeks to produce high current income and, as a secondary investment objective, capital appreciation

 

·

seeks high current income and, as a secondary investment objective, capital appreciation

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Policies

 

Investment Policies

 

 

 

 

 

·

 

·

 

under normal market circumstances, invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds

 

invests primarily in high yield bonds of issuers located throughout the world, including U.S. issuers and issuers in emerging countries

 

 

·

under normal market circumstances, invests at least 80% of its assets in debt securities of government and government related issuers located in emerging countries, entities organized to restructure outstanding debt of such issuers and debt securities of corporate issuers located in or organized under the laws of emerging countries

 

·

invests at least 65% of its total assets in high yield bonds

 

·

invests at least 65% of its total assets in debt securities of government and government-related issuers located in emerging market countries and of entities organized and operated for the purposes of restructuring the outstanding debt of such issuers

 

 

 

 

 

·

may invest up to 35% of its total assets in high yielding fixed-income equity instruments such as preferred stock

 

·

may invest up to 35% of its total assets in debt securities of corporate issuers located in emerging market countries

 

 

 

 

 

·

may use derivatives, including futures, options, swaps, including credit default swaps, structured investments, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and cross currency hedging transactions

 

·

may use derivatives, including futures, options, swaps, including credit default swaps, structured investments, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and cross currency hedging transactions

 

 

 

 

 

·

may invest in banks loans and mortgage-related securities, including mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and stripped mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

may invest in repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements

 

·

may invest in repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

·

may invest substantially all of its assets in securities rated below investment grade or unrated securities

 

·

may invest substantially all of its assets in securities rated below investment grade or unrated securities

 

5



 

Global Opportunity Bond

 

Emerging Markets Debt

·

a non-diversified fund

 

·

a non-diversified fund

 

The principal differences between the Funds’ investment policies are more fully described under “Comparison of Investment Objectives, Policies and Restrictions” below.  The investment objectives of both Funds are fundamental and may not be changed without stockholder approval.

 

Investment Advisory Fees.  The Funds obtain advisory services from the Adviser.  Each Fund pays the Adviser a fee computed weekly and payable monthly at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets.

 

Other Significant Fees.  The Funds pay additional fees in connection with their operations, including legal, auditing, transfer agent, Directors’ fees and custody fees.  See “Fee Table” above for the percentage of average net assets represented by such “Other Expenses.”

 

Each Fund is a closed-end investment company that currently has outstanding one class of common shares, par value $0.01 per common share.  The common shares are not subject to a sales charge or 12b-1 fee.  Currently, each Fund’s common shares trade on the NYSE (Global Opportunity Bond symbol: MGB; Emerging Markets Debt symbol: MSD) and may only be purchased and sold through a broker or dealer at the market price, plus a brokerage commission.

 

Business StructuresEach Fund is organized as a Maryland corporation and is governed by its Charter, Bylaws and Maryland law.

 

Principal Risks

 

Each Fund is subject to the following principal risks: debt securities risk, foreign and emerging markets securities risk, sovereign debt risk, foreign currency risk, lower rated and unrated securities risk, derivatives risk, leverage risk and illiquid investments risk.  Global Opportunity Bond is subject to additional risks associated with investments in banks loans and mortgage-related securities, including  mortgage-backed securities, CMOs, CMBS and stripped mortgage-backed securities.  A description of each of these risks, and additional risks associated with an investment in the Funds, is provided under “Principal Risk Factors” below.

 

Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

 

As a condition to the Reorganization, Global Opportunity Bond has requested an opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP to the effect that the Reorganization will constitute a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes, and that no gain or loss will be recognized by Global Opportunity Bond, Emerging Markets Debt or stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond for federal income tax purposes as a result of the transactions included in the Reorganization.  Receipt of such opinion is a condition to the Reorganization.  For further information about the tax consequences of the Reorganization, see “The Reorganization—Tax Aspects of the Reorganization” below.

 

Dividends

 

Each Fund declares dividends and normally pays dividends from net investment income quarterly.  Each Fund usually distributes net capital gains, if any, in December.  The Funds, however, may determine either to distribute or to retain all or part of any net long-term capital gains in any year for reinvestment.  Dividends and capital gains distributions are automatically reinvested in additional common shares of each Fund at NAV unless the stockholder elects to receive cash.

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The financial highlights tables that follow are intended to help you understand the financial performance of the common shares of the Funds for the periods presented.  The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in each Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and

 

6



 

distributions).  The information has been audited by [·], the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds (except for the information for the six months ended June 30, 2009).  [·]’s reports, along with each Fund’s financial statements, are included in each Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, which are available upon request.

 

Global Opportunity Bond

 

 

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Per Share Data and Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

 

$

 

$

 7.97

 

$

 8.12

 

$

 7.93

 

$

 8.07

 

$

 7.91

 

Net Investment Income†

 

 

 

0.51

 

0.51

 

0.49

 

0.61

 

0.63

 

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments

 

 

 

(2.02

)

(0.11

)

0.25

 

(0.08

)

0.16

 

Total From Investment Operations

 

 

 

(1.51

)

0.40

 

0.74

 

0.53

 

0.79

 

Distributions from and/or in Excess of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

(0.51

)

(0.56

)

(0.55

)

(0.67

)

(0.63

)

Anti-Dilutive Effect of Share Repurchase Program

 

 

 

0.02

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

Increase from Payment by Affiliate

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

Net Asset Value, End of Period

 

$

 

$

 5.98

 

$

 7.97

 

$

 8.12

 

$

 7.93

 

$

 8.07

 

Per Share Market Value, End of Period

 

$

 

$

 4.81

 

$

 6.97

 

$

 9.63

 

$

 9.06

 

$

 10.25

 

Total Investment Return

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market Value

 

 

%

(24.14

)%

(22.04

)%

13.25

%

(4.24

)%

42.60

%

Net Asset Value(1)

 

 

%

(17.49

)%#

5.85

%

8.96

%

6.46

%

10.14

%

Ratios, Supplemental Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)

 

$

 

$

 24,523

 

$

 33,292

 

$

 34,125

 

$

 33,289

 

$

 33,858

 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

 

 

 

2.00

%+

1.91

%+

2.20

%

2.45

%

1.91

%

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets Excluding Non Operating Expenses

 

 

%

1.65

%+

1.46

%+

1.59

%

1.61

%

1.61

%

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

 

 

%

6.97

%+

6.21

%+

6.18

%

7.53

%

8.00

%

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

 

%

55

%

40

%

39

%

53

%

91

%

 


(1)

 

Total investment return based on NAV per share reflects the effects of changes in NAV on the performance of the Fund during each period, and assumes dividends and distributions, if any, were reinvested.  This percentage is not an indication of the performance of a stockholder’s investment in the Fund based on market value due to differences between the market price of the common shares and the NAV per share of the Fund.

 

Per share amount is based on average shares outstanding.

#

 

The Adviser reimbursed the Fund for losses incurred on derivative transactions that breached an investment guideline of the Fund during the period.  The impact of this reimbursement is reflected in the total investment returns shown above.  Without this reimbursement, the total investment return based on NAV would have been (17.62)%. (See Note H within the Notes to Financial Statements).

+

 

Reflects rebate of certain Fund expenses in connection with the investments in Morgan Stanley Institutional Liquidity Funds—Money Market Portfolio—Institutional Class during the period. As a result of such rebate, the expenses as a percentage of its net assets were effected by less than 0.005%.

 

Emerging Markets Debt

 

 

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Per Share Data and Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

 

$

 

$

 11.27

 

$

 11.19

 

$

 10.80

 

$

 10.39

 

$

 10.24

 

Net Investment Income†

 

 

 

0.65

 

0.69

 

0.67

 

0.91

 

0.83

 

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments

 

 

 

(2.32

)

0.03

 

0.49

 

0.44

 

0.19

 

Total From Investment Operations

 

 

 

(1.67

)

0.72

 

1.16

 

1.35

 

1.02

 

Distributions from and/or in Excess of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

(0.86

)

(0.66

)

(0.77

)

(0.94

)

(0.87

)

Anti-Dilutive Effect of Share Repurchase Program

 

 

 

0.05

 

0.02

 

 

 

 

Net Asset Value, End of Period

 

$

 

$

 8.79

 

$

 11.27

 

$

 11.19

 

$

 10.80

 

$

 10.39

 

Per Share Market Value, End of Period

 

$

 

$

 7.07

 

$

 9.70

 

$

 10.84

 

$

 10.88

 

$

 9.61

 

Total Investment Return

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market Value

 

 

%

(18.74

)%

(4.52

)%

7.38

%

23.98

%

7.95

%

Net Asset Value(1)

 

 

%

(12.95

)%

7.46

%

11.66

%

13.83

%

11.24

%

Ratios, Supplemental Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7



 

 

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)

 

$

 

$

 185,706

 

$

 245,831

 

$

 246,684

 

$

 238,091

 

$

 229,044

 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets(2)

 

 

 

1.23

%+

1.29

%+

1.34

%

1.36

%

1.22

%

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets Excluding Non Operating Expenses

 

 

%

1.15

%+

1.10

%+

1.16

%

1.16

%

1.16

%

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets(2)

 

 

%

6.19

%+

6.11

%

6.12

%

8.58

%

8.18

%

Portfolio Turnover Rate

 

 

%

64

%

56

%

44

%

50

%

118

%

(2) Supplemental Information on the Ratios to Average Net Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios Before Expenses Waives by Administrator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets

 

 

%

1.28

%+

1.34

%+

1.38

%

1.41

%

1.23

%

Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets

 

 

%

6.14

%+

6.06

%+

6.08

%

8.53

%

8.17

%

 


(1)

 

Total investment return based on NAV per share reflects the effects of changes in NAV on the performance of the Fund during each period, and assumes dividends and distributions, if any, were reinvested. This percentage is not an indication of the performance of a stockholder’s investment in the Fund based on market value due to differences between the market price of the common shares and the NAV per share of the Fund.

 

Per share amount is based on average common shares outstanding.

+

 

Reflects rebate of certain Fund expenses in connection with the investments in Morgan Stanley Institutional Liquidity Money Market Portfolio—Institutional Class during the period. As a result of such rebate, the expenses as a percentage of its net assets were effected by less than 0.005%.

 

Financial Information

 

Additional financial information about each Fund is available in its respective Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

THE REORGANIZATION

 

The Proposal

 

The Board of Global Opportunity Bond, including the Independent Directors, having reviewed the financial position of Global Opportunity Bond and the prospects for achieving economies of scale through the Reorganization and having determined that the Reorganization is in the best interests of Global Opportunity Bond and its stockholders and that the interests of the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will not be diluted as a result thereof, recommends approval of the Reorganization by stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond.

 

The Board’s Considerations

 

At a meeting held on June 18-19, 2009, the Board, including the Independent Directors, unanimously approved, and declared advisable, the Reorganization Agreement and the Reorganization described therein, and determined to recommend that stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond approve the Reorganization.  In reaching this decision, the Board made an extensive inquiry into a number of factors, particularly the comparative expenses currently incurred in the operations of each Fund.  The Board also considered other factors, including, but not limited to, the general compatibility of the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of each Fund; the extent to which common shares of each Fund have historically traded at a discount or premium; the terms and conditions of the Reorganization which would affect the price of common shares to be issued in the Reorganization; the tax-free nature of the Reorganization; and any direct or indirect costs to be incurred by the Funds in connection with the Reorganization.

 

In recommending the Reorganization to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond, the Board of Global Opportunity Bond considered that the Reorganization would have the following benefits to stockholders:

 

1.             Once the Reorganization is consummated, the expenses which would be borne by stockholders of the Combined Fund will be [substantially] lower on a percentage basis than the expenses of Global Opportunity Bond.  The Board noted that the annual advisory fee (as a percentage of net assets) payable by each Fund is the same.  The Board also considered that, to the extent that the Reorganization would result in stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond becoming stockholders of a combined larger fund, further economies of scale could be achieved since various fixed expenses (e.g., auditing and legal) can be spread over a larger number of common shares.

 

8



 

2.             Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will be invested in a closed-end fund with similar investment objectives and policies taking into account a larger asset base and lower annual Fund operating expenses per common share.

 

3.             As of [·], 2009, Global Opportunity Bond common shares were trading at a [·]% discount to NAV.  If consummated, the Reorganization will give stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond the opportunity to capture the value of the discount between market price and NAV of the common shares, if any, at the time of the Reorganization because stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will become holders of Emerging Markets Debt Shares with the same aggregate NAV as common shares of Global Opportunity Bond.  However, the Board of Global Opportunity Bond also noted that Emerging Market Debt is trading at a greater discount to NAV than Global Opportunity Bond.

 

4.             The Reorganization has been structured in a manner intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes, pursuant to which no gain or loss will be recognized by the Funds or their stockholders for federal income tax purposes as a result of transactions included in the Reorganization.

 

The Board also considered the fact that Global Opportunity Bond had a small amount of capital loss carryovers, but that it is not entirely certain how much of these capital loss carryovers it would be able to utilize in future years (as set forth in greater detail under “The Reorganization—Tax Aspects of the Reorganization”).  In light of the large reduction in annual Fund operating expenses and other potential benefits of the Reorganization, as well as the uncertainty regarding the extent to which any lost capital loss carryovers could have been utilized for the benefit of stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond, the Board concluded that the Reorganization was advisable and in the best interests of the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond.

 

The Board of Emerging Markets Debt, including a majority of the Independent Directors, also has determined that the Reorganization is advisable and in the best interests of Emerging Markets Debt and its stockholders and that the interests of existing stockholders of Emerging Markets Debt will not be diluted as a result thereof.  In addition, the Board of Emerging Markets Debt determined that its stockholders will benefit as a result of the Reorganization from potential better pricing on portfolio transactions (given the larger asset base) following the elimination of a similar competing Morgan Stanley Fund.  Further, the Reorganization would create a clearer, more understandable offering of products, which should support a more focused marketing effort.  The transaction will enable Emerging Markets Debt to acquire investment securities which are consistent with Emerging Markets Debt’s investment objectives, without the brokerage costs attendant to the purchase of such securities in the market.  Accordingly, the Board of Emerging Markets Debt has approved the Reorganization Agreement and the Reorganization.

 

The Reorganization Agreement

 

The terms and conditions under which the Reorganization would be consummated, as summarized below, are set forth in the Reorganization Agreement.  This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of Reorganization Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A to this Proxy Statement and Prospectus.

 

The Reorganization Agreement provides that (i) Global Opportunity Bond will transfer substantially all of its assets, including portfolio securities, cash, cash equivalents and receivables to Emerging Markets Debt on the Closing Date in exchange for the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of substantially all of the liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond, including all expenses, costs, charges and reserves, as reflected on an unaudited statement of assets and liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond prepared by the Treasurer of Global Opportunity Bond as of the Valuation Date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied from the prior audited period, and the delivery of the Emerging Markets Debt Shares; (ii) the Emerging Markets Debt Shares would be distributed to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond on the Closing Date or as soon as practicable thereafter; (iii) Global Opportunity Bond would be de-registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act and dissolved under Maryland law; and (iv) the outstanding common shares of Global Opportunity Bond would be canceled.

 

The number of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be delivered to Global Opportunity Bond will be determined by dividing the aggregate NAV of the common shares of Global Opportunity Bond acquired by

 

9



 

Emerging Markets Debt by the NAV per common share of Emerging Markets Debt; these values will be calculated as of the close of business of the NYSE on the Valuation Date.  As an illustration, assume that on the Valuation Date, common shares of Global Opportunity Bond had an aggregate NAV of $100,000.  If the NAV per Emerging Markets Debt Shares were $10 per share at the close of business on the Valuation Date, the number of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be issued would be 10,000 ($100,000 ÷ $10).  These 10,000 Emerging Markets Debt Shares would be distributed to the former stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond.  This example is given for illustration purposes only and does not bear any relationship to the dollar amounts or common shares expected to be involved in the Reorganization.

 

On the Closing Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, Global Opportunity Bond will distribute pro rata to its stockholders of record as of the close of business on the Valuation Date, the Emerging Markets Debt Shares that it receives.  Emerging Markets Debt will cause its transfer agent to credit and confirm an appropriate number of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to each Global Opportunity Bond stockholder.

 

The Closing Date will be the Valuation Date or the next business day following the Valuation Date.  The consummation of the Reorganization is contingent upon the approval of the Reorganization by the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond and the receipt of the other opinions and certificates set forth in Sections 6, 7 and 8 of the Reorganization Agreement and the occurrence of the events described in those Sections, certain of which may be waived by the Funds.  The Reorganization Agreement may be amended in any mutually agreeable manner.

 

The Reorganization Agreement may be terminated and the Reorganization abandoned at any time, before or after approval by stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond, by mutual consent of the Funds.  In addition, either party may terminate the Reorganization Agreement upon the occurrence of a material breach of the Reorganization Agreement by the other party or if, by May 18, 2010, any condition set forth in the Reorganization Agreement has not been fulfilled or waived by the party entitled to its benefits.

 

Under the Reorganization Agreement, within one year after the Closing Date, Global Opportunity Bond shall either pay or make provision for all of its liabilities to former stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond that received Emerging Markets Debt Shares.  Global Opportunity Bond shall be deregistered as an investment company and dissolved promptly following the distributions of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to stockholders of record of Global Opportunity Bond.

 

The effect of the Reorganization is that stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond who vote their common shares in favor of the Reorganization Agreement are electing to sell their common shares of Global Opportunity Bond (at NAV on the Valuation Date) and reinvest the proceeds in Emerging Markets Debt Shares at NAV, pursuant to a transaction designed to occur without recognition of taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.  See “Tax Aspects of the Reorganization” below.  If Global Opportunity Bond recognizes net gain from the sale of securities prior to the Closing Date, substantially all of such gain, to the extent not offset by capital loss carryforwards, will be distributed to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond on or prior to the Closing Date and will be taxable to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond as capital gain.

 

Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond will continue to be able to trade their common shares of Global Opportunity Bond on the NYSE until the close of business on the business day next preceding the Closing Date.

 

Tax Aspects of the Reorganization

 

Tax Consequences of the Reorganization to the Stockholders.  The Reorganization is intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

As a condition to the Reorganization, the Funds have requested an opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP to the effect that, based on certain assumptions, facts, the terms of the Reorganization Agreement and representations set forth in the Reorganization Agreement or otherwise provided by the Funds:

 

10



 

1.             The transfer of Global Opportunity Bond’s assets in exchange for Emerging Markets Debt Shares and the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of certain stated liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond followed by the distribution by Global Opportunity Bond of the Emerging Markets Debt Shares to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond in exchange for their common shares of Global Opportunity Bond pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Reorganization Agreement will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(C) of the Code, and the Funds will each be a “party to a reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code;

 

2.             No gain or loss will be recognized by Emerging Markets Debt upon the receipt of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond solely in exchange for the Emerging Markets Debt Shares and the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of the stated liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond;

 

3.             No gain or loss will be recognized by Global Opportunity Bond upon the transfer of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond to Emerging Markets Debt in exchange for Emerging Markets Debt Shares and the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of the stated liabilities or upon the distribution of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond in exchange for their common shares of Global Opportunity Bond;

 

4.             No gain or loss will be recognized by stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond upon the exchange of the common shares of Global Opportunity Bond for the Emerging Markets Debt Shares;

 

5.             The aggregate tax basis for the Emerging Markets Debt Shares received by each of the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond pursuant to the Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the common shares in Global Opportunity Bond held by each such stockholder immediately prior to the Reorganization;

 

6.             The holding period of the Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be received by each Global Opportunity Bond stockholder will include the period during which the common shares in Global Opportunity Bond surrendered in exchange therefor were held (provided such common shares in Global Opportunity Bond were held as capital assets on the date of the Reorganization);

 

7.             The tax basis of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond acquired by Emerging Markets Debt will be the same as the tax basis of such assets of Global Opportunity Bond immediately prior to the Reorganization; and

 

8.             The holding period of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond in the hands of Emerging Markets Debt will include the period during which those assets were held by Global Opportunity Bond.

 

The advice of counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or the courts and neither Fund has sought a ruling with respect to the tax treatment of the Reorganization.  The opinion of counsel, if delivered, will be based on the Code, regulations issued by the Treasury Department under the Code, court decisions and administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS with respect to all of the foregoing, all as in effect on the date of the opinion, and all of which may be repealed, revoked or modified thereafter, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

Stockholders of the Funds should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the proposed Reorganization in light of their individual circumstances.  Because the foregoing discussion only relates to federal income tax consequences of the proposed Reorganization, stockholders of the Funds should also consult their tax advisors as to state and local tax consequences, if any, of the proposed Reorganization.

 

Tax Consequences of the Reorganization to Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt.  Under the Code, the Reorganization may result in limitations on the utilization of the capital loss carryovers of Global Opportunity Bond.  The effect of any such limitations will depend on the existence and amount of each Fund’s capital loss carryovers, built-in capital losses and built-in capital gains at the time of the Reorganization.  In general, a fund will have built-in capital gains if the fair market value of its assets on the date of the Reorganization exceeds its tax basis in such assets and a fund will have built-in capital losses if its tax basis in its assets exceeds the fair market value of such assets on the date of the Reorganization.

 

11



 

As of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, Global Opportunity Bond had approximately $15,139,000 of estimated capital loss carryovers.  Additionally, as of December 31, 2008, Global Opportunity Bond had approximately $6,075,000 of built-in capital gains.  Emerging Markets Debt had approximately $8,660,000 of capital loss carryovers (as of December 31, 2008) and $39,588,000 of built-in capital gains (as of December 31, 2008).

 

Under the Code, assuming certain continuity of business requirements are followed after the Reorganization, each Fund’s capital loss carryovers can be carried forward for eight years from the year in which incurred.  The capital loss carryovers generally can be used in each of those eight years to offset any capital gains that are realized by the Combined Fund in that year, but only to the extent that capital gains exceed the capital losses (if any) that are realized by the Combined Fund in that year.

 

In general, following the Reorganization, the Combined Fund’s ability to utilize the capital loss carryovers of the Funds will be subject to the following limitations:

 

1.             The Combined Fund can utilize the capital loss carryovers of Global Opportunity Bond to offset against capital gains from sales of assets owned by Global Opportunity Bond immediately before the Reorganization, but only to the extent that (x) such sales occur within a period ending approximately five years after the Reorganization and (y) the capital gains from such sales do not exceed the built-in capital gains of Global Opportunity Bond on the date of the Reorganization;

 

2.             In addition to being able to utilize the capital loss carryovers of Global Opportunity Bond as described in paragraph 1, assuming certain continuity of business requirements are satisfied following the Reorganization, the Combined Fund also will be able to utilize a further amount of the capital loss carryovers of Global Opportunity Bond to offset against other capital gains each year.  This amount is determined based on certain facts as of the date of the Reorganization; and

 

3.             The Combined Fund can utilize the capital loss carryovers of Emerging Markets Debt to offset all capital gains realized by the Combined Fund after the Reorganization, other than capital gains described in paragraph 1.

 

It is not entirely certain how much of its capital loss carryovers Global Opportunity Bond would be able to utilize in future years if the Reorganization did not occur.  The amount of capital loss carryovers that Global Opportunity Bond could utilize in future years if the Reorganization did not occur would depend on, among other things, whether the Fund participated in some other transaction in the future that resulted in limitations being imposed on Global Opportunity Bond’s utilization of capital loss carryovers; the amount of capital gains that Global Opportunity Bond would be able to realize in future years before its capital loss carryovers expired; and the amount of capital losses that Global Opportunity Bond would realize in future years.  The Reorganization conceivably may result in the Combined Fund being unable to utilize capital loss carryovers that could have been used by Global Opportunity Bond if the transaction did not occur.  Nevertheless, in view of the relatively small amount of capital loss carryovers of Global Opportunity Bond that are at issue, it is not expected that the Reorganization will result in any loss of those carryovers.

 

Description of Common Shares

 

The Emerging Markets Debt Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and non-assessable by Emerging Markets Debt and transferable without restrictions and will have no preemptive rights.

 

Appraisal Rights

 

Stockholders of the Funds will have no appraisal rights in connection with the Reorganization.

 

12



 

Capitalization Table (unaudited)

 

The following table sets forth the capitalization of Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond as of [December 31, 2008] and on a pro forma combined basis as if the Reorganization had occurred on that date:

 

 

 

Net Assets*

 

Common
Shares
Outstanding

 

Net Asset
Value Per
Share

 

Global Opportunity Bond

 

$

 185,731,025

 

21,116,315

 

$

 8.80

 

Emerging Markets Debt

 

$

 24,570,093

 

4,1032,296

 

$

 5.99

*

Combined Fund (pro forma)

 

$

 210,301,118

 

23,908,371

 

8.80

*

 


*                 The pro forma net assets and NAV per share reflect the payment of reorganization expenses of approximately $[·] by Global Opportunity Bond.

 

COMPARISON OF INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

 

Investment Objectives and Policies

 

The investment objectives and policies of the Funds are similar.  Global Opportunity Bond’s primary investment objective it to seek to produce high current income.  Emerging Markets Debt’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income.  As a secondary investment objective, both Funds seek capital appreciation.

 

Global Opportunity Bond

 

Global Opportunity Bond seeks to achieve its investment objective through investments primarily in high yield bonds of issuers located throughout the world, including U.S. issuers and issuers in emerging countries.  Under normal market circumstances, Global Opportunity Bond invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds.  Global Opportunity Bond invests at least 65% of its total assets in high yield bonds.  Global Opportunity Bond may also invest up to 35% of its total assets in high yielding fixed income equity instruments such as preferred stock.  Global Opportunity Bond allocates its assets among three types of investments: (i) high yield non-investment grade bonds of U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers, (ii) emerging country bonds and (iii) high yield investment grade bonds of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including corporations, trusts, partnerships, government and government-related entities and supranational entities.

 

Global Opportunity Bond may also invest in mortgage-backed securities, mortgage pass-through securities, CMOs, CMBs, repurchase agreements, private placements and restricted securities, warrants, zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred securities, loan and loan participations, swaps, asset-backed securities, non-agency mortgage securities and cross currency hedging transactions.

 

Emerging Markets Debt

 

Under normal market circumstances, Emerging Markets Debt invests at least 80% of its assets in debt securities of government and government related issuers located in emerging countries, entities organized to restructure outstanding debt of such issuers and debt securities of corporate issuers located in or organized under the laws of emerging countries.  Emerging Markets Debt seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 65% of its total assets in debt securities of government and government-related issuers located in emerging market countries (including participations in loans between governments and financial institutions), and of entities organized to restructure outstanding debt of such issuers.  In addition, Emerging Markets Debt may invest up to 35% of its total assets in debt securities of corporate issuers located in or organized under the laws of emerging countries.

 

Emerging Markets Debt’s investments in government and government-related and restructured debt securities consist of (i) debt securities or obligations issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging countries (including participations in loans between governments and financial institutions), (ii) debt securities or obligations issued by governments owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging countries, and (iii) interests in issuers organized and operated from the

 

13



 

purpose or restructuring the investment characteristics of securities issued by any of the entities described above.  Emerging Markets Debt’s investments in debt securities of corporate issuers located in emerging countries may include securities issued by (i) banks located in emerging countries or by branches of emerging country banks located outside the country or (ii) by companies organized under the laws of an emerging country.

 

The Adviser invests the assets of Emerging Markets Debt in emerging country debt securities that provide a level of current income, while at the same time holding the potential for capital appreciation if the perceived creditworthiness of the issuer improves due to improving economic, financial, political, social or other conditions in the country in which the issuer is located.

 

Emerging country debt securities held by Emerging Markets Debt take the form of bonds, notes, bills, debentures, warrants, bank debt obligations, short-term paper, loan participations, loan assignments and interest issued by entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investments characteristics of instruments issued by emerging country issuers.  A substantial portion of Emerging Markets Debt’s assets may be invested in non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities.

 

The investment objectives of the Funds are fundamental and may not be changed without stockholder approval.  The foregoing discussion is a summary of the investment policies of the Funds.

 

Investment Restrictions

 

The investment restrictions adopted by the Funds as fundamental policies are similar.  A fundamental investment restriction cannot be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.  The 1940 Act defines a majority as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the common shares represented at a meeting of stockholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common shares of the fund are present or represented by proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding common shares of the fund.  Each Fund’s investment restrictions are included under the section “Investment Restrictions” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS

 

General

 

The Funds are Maryland corporations registered under the 1940 Act, as non-diversified, closed-end management investment companies.  Global Opportunity Bond commenced operations on March 31, 1994 and Emerging Markets Debt commenced operations on May 6, 1993.

 

Global Opportunity Bond’s primary objective is to seek to produce high current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation.  Global Opportunity Bond will seek to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in high yield bonds of issuers located throughout the world, including U.S. issuers and issuers in emerging countries.  Common shares of Global Opportunity Bond are not issued, insured or guaranteed as to value or yield by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Emerging Markets Debt’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income and, as a secondary objective, to seek capital appreciation, through investments primarily in debt securities of government and government-related issuers located in emerging market countries and of entities organized to restructure outstanding debt of such issuers.

 

Management of the Funds

 

Board of Directors of the Funds.  The Board of each Fund oversees the management of the Fund, but does not itself manage the Fund.  Each Fund’s Directors review various services provided by or under the direction of the Adviser to ensure that each Fund’s general investment policies and programs are properly carried out.  The Directors also conduct their review to ensure that administrative services are provided to the Funds in a satisfactory manner.

 

14



 

Under state law, the duties of the Directors are generally characterized as a duty of loyalty and a duty of care.  The duty of loyalty requires a Director to exercise his or her powers in the interest of each Fund and not the Director’s own interest or the interest of another person or organization.  A Director satisfies his or her duty of care by acting in good faith with the care of an ordinarily prudent person and in a manner the Director reasonably believes to be in the best interest of each Fund and its stockholders.

 

Investment Adviser.  Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. serves as each Fund’s investment adviser.  The Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).  The Adviser provides portfolio management services to taxable and nontaxable institutions, international organizations and individuals investing in United States and international equity and fixed income securities.  As of June 30, 2009, the Adviser, together with its affiliated asset management companies, had $355.5 billion of assets under management or supervision.  The Adviser’s principal address is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036.  The Adviser currently acts as adviser for [68] funds registered under the 1940 Act.

 

Investment Advisory Agreement

 

The Adviser provides investment advisory services to each Fund under the terms of each Fund’s Investment Advisory and Management Agreement (each, an “Investment Advisory Agreement”).  Pursuant to each Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is paid a fee computed weekly and payable monthly at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets.

 

Each Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) a vote of a majority of those members of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Adviser or the Fund, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by a majority vote of either the Fund’s Board or the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.  The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of penalty by the Fund or by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice.  The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined under the 1940 Act.

 

A discussion of each Fund’s basis for approving its Investment Advisory Agreement is included in its Semi-Annual Report for the period ended June 30, 2009.

 

Portfolio Management

 

Global Opportunity Bond is managed within the Taxable Fixed Income and Taxable High Yield teams. The teams consist of portfolio managers and analysts.  Current members of the teams jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are Eric J. Baurmeister, Federico L. Kaune, Abigail L. McKenna and Dennis Schaney, each a Managing Director of the Adviser.  Mr. Baurmeister has been associated with the Adviser in an investment management capacity since 1997 and joined the team managing the Fund in July 2003.  Mr. Kaune has been associated with the Adviser in an investment management capacity since 2002 and joined the team managing the Fund in July 2003.  Ms. McKenna has been associated with the Adviser in an investment management capacity since 1996 and joined the team managing the Fund in July 2003.  Mr. Schaney has been associated with the Adviser in an investment management capacity since September 2008 and began managing the Fund in October 2008.  Prior to September 2008, Mr. Schaney served as Global Head of Fixed Income at Credit Suisse Asset Management (October 2003 to April 2007) and, prior to that, as Head of Leveraged Finance at BlackRock, Inc. (January 1998 to October 2003).

 

Emerging Markets Debt is managed within the Emerging Markets Debt team.  The team consists of portfolio managers and analysts.  Current members of the team jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are Eric J. Baurmeister, Federico L. Kaune and Abigail L. McKenna, each a Managing Director of the Adviser.  Mr. Baurmeister has been associated with the Adviser in an investment management capacity since 1997 and joined the team managing the Fund in July 2002.  Ms. McKenna has been associated with the Adviser in an investment management capacity since 1996 and joined the team managing the Fund in July 2002.  Mr. Kaune has been associated with the Adviser in an investment management capacity since 2002 and joined the team managing the Fund in August 2002.

 

15



 

The composition of each team may change from time to time.

 

Subsequent to the consummation of the Reorganization, Messrs. Baurmeister, Kaune and Ms. McKenna will continue to be primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Combined Fund.  The Statement of Additional Information to this Proxy Statement and Prospectus that is incorporated by reference herein provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation structure, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Administrator

 

Pursuant to an Administration Agreement with Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., each Fund pays an administration fee equal to 0.08% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets.  Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. has agreed to limit the administration fee for each Fund through a waiver so that it will be no greater than 0.02435% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets plus $24,000 per annum.  This waiver is voluntary and may be terminated at any time.

 

Other Service Providers

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as custodian for each Fund (the “Custodian”) and has custody of all securities and cash of each Fund.  The Custodian holds cash, securities, and other assets of the Funds as required by the 1940 Act.  Custody fees are payable monthly based on assets held in custody, investment purchases and sales activity and account maintenance fees, plus reimbursement for certain out-of-pocket expenses.  Any of the Funds’ cash balances with the Custodian in excess of $250,000 (a temporary increase from $100,000, which is due to expire on December 31, 2013) are unprotected by federal deposit insurance.  Such balances may, at times, be substantial.

 

Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (collectively, the “Transfer Agent”) act as each Fund’s dividend paying agent, transfer agent and the registrar for each Fund’s common shares.  The Transfer Agent charges each Fund an annual per stockholder account fee and is reimbursed for its out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

The following persons were known to own of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Funds as of the Record Date:

 

Name and Address of Stockholders of Global Opportunity
Bond(1)

 

Number of
Common
Shares(1)

 

Percentage of
Outstanding
Common Shares(1)

 

[None]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Address of Emerging Markets Debt Stockholders(1)

 

Number of
Common
Shares(1)

 

Percentage of
Outstanding
Common Shares(1)

 

First Trust Portfolios L.P.
First Trust Advisors L.P.
The Charger Corporation
120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400
Wheaton, Illinois 60187

 

1,544,370 common shares with shared voting power and shared dispositive power

 

7.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wells Fargo & Company
420 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, California 94163

 

1,412,227 common shares with sole voting power and sole dispositive

 

6.6

%

 

16



 

Name and Address of Stockholders of Global Opportunity
Bond(1)

 

Number of
Common
Shares(1)

 

Percentage of
Outstanding
Common Shares(1)

 

 

 

power, 1,746 common shares with shared voting power and 4,121 common shares with shared dispositive power

 

 

 

 


(1)          This information is based on publicly available Schedule 13D and 13G disclosures filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

[As of the Record Date, the Directors and officers of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt, each as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding common shares of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt, respectively.]

 

Description of Capital Stock

 

The authorized capital stock of each Fund is 100,000,000 shares of common stock ($0.01 par value).  Common shares of each Fund, when issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights.  Holders of common shares of the Funds are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders of such Fund and are not able to cumulate their votes in the election of Directors.  Thus, holders of more than 50% of the common shares voting for the election of Directors have the power to elect 100% of the Directors.

 

All common shares have equal rights to receive such dividends and distributions, if any, as may be declared by the Board with respect to the common shares out of funds legally available therefor.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a Fund, each common shares is entitled to receive its proportion of the Fund’s assets remaining after payment of all debts and expenses.  With respect to Global Opportunity Bond, in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, in addition to the above, stockholders may received any preferential liquidating distribution to holder of any preferred stock issued by Global Opportunity Bond.  Global Opportunity Bond has not issued preferred stock.

 

Each Fund is a closed-end investment company, and as such its stockholders do not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their common shares.  Each Fund, however, may repurchase common shares from time to time in the open market or in private transactions when it can do so at prices at or below the current NAV per share on terms that represent a favorable investment opportunity.  Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of common shares.  However, the payment of interest on such borrowings will increase the Fund’s expenses and consequently reduce net income.  In addition, the Fund is required under the 1940 Act to maintain “asset coverage” of not less than 300% of its “senior securities representing indebtedness” as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Each Fund’s common shares trade in the open market at a price which is a function of several factors, including their NAV and yield.  The common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently sell at a discount from, but sometimes at a premium over, their NAVs.  There can be no assurance that it will be possible for investors to resell common shares of the Fund at or above the price at which common shares are offered by this Prospectus or that the market price of the Fund’s common shares will equal or exceed NAV.  Since the Fund may repurchase its common shares at prices below their NAV or make a tender offer for its common shares, the NAV of those common shares that remain outstanding will be increased, but the effect of such repurchases on the market price of the remaining common shares cannot be predicted.

 

17



 

Any offer by a Fund to repurchase common shares will be made at a price based upon the NAV of the common shares at the close of business on or within 14 days after the last date of the offer.  Each offer will be made and stockholders notified in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and the 1940 Act, either by publication or mailing or both.  Each offering document will contain such information as is prescribed by such laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  When a repurchase offer is authorized by the Fund’s Board, a stockholder wishing to accept the offer may be required to offer to sell all (but not less than all) of the common shares owned by such stockholder (or attributed to him for federal income tax purposes under Section 318 of the Code).  Each Fund will purchase all common shares tendered in accordance with the terms of the offer unless it determines to accept none of them (based upon one of the conditions set forth below).  Persons tendering common shares may be required to pay a service charge to help defray certain costs of the transfer agent.  Any such service charges will not be deducted from the consideration paid for the tendered common shares.  During the period of a repurchase offer, each Fund’s stockholders will be able to determine the Fund’s current NAV (which will be calculated weekly) by use of a toll-free telephone number.

 

Each Fund’s Charter and By-Laws, as well as Maryland law, include provisions that could limit the ability of others to acquire control of the Funds, to modify the structure of the Funds or to cause it to engage in certain transactions.  These provisions, described below, also could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their common shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of a Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction.  In the opinion of the Funds, however, these provisions offer several possible advantages.  They potentially require persons seeking control of a Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid for the common shares required to obtain such control, they promote continuity and stability and they enhance each Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objectives.

 

The Directors of each Fund are divided into three classes, each having a term of three years, with the term of one class expiring each year.  In addition, a Director may be removed from office only with cause and only by a majority of such Fund’s stockholders, and the affirmative vote of 75% or more of such Fund’s outstanding common shares is required to amend, alter or repeal the provisions in such Fund’s Charter relating to removal of Directors.  These provisions could delay the replacement of a majority of the Directors and have the effect of making changes in the Board more difficult than if such provisions were not in place.

 

The affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding common shares is required to (1) convert the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, (2) merge or consolidate with any other entity, (3) dissolve or liquidate the Fund, (4) sell all or substantially all of its assets, (5) cease to be an investment company registered under the 1940 Act, (6) issue to any person securities in exchange for property worth $1,000,000 or more, exclusive of sales of securities in connection with a public offering, issuance of securities pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan or other stock dividend or issuance of securities upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights, or (7) amend, alter or repeal the above provisions in each Fund’s Charter. However, if such action has been approved or authorized by the affirmative vote of at least 70% of the entire Board, the affirmative vote of only a majority of the outstanding common shares would be required for approval, except in the case of the issuance of securities, in which no stockholder vote would be required unless otherwise required by applicable law.  The principal purpose of the above provisions is to increase each Fund’s ability to resist takeover attempts and attempts to change the fundamental nature of the business of the Fund that are not supported by either the Board or a large majority of the stockholders.  These provisions make it more difficult to liquidate, take over or open-end the Fund and thereby are intended to discourage investors from purchasing its common shares with the hope of making a quick profit by forcing the Fund to change its structure.  These provisions, however, would apply to all actions proposed by anyone, including management, and would make changes in each Fund’s structure accomplished through a transaction covered by the provisions more difficult to achieve.  The foregoing provisions also could impede or prevent transactions in which holders of common shares might obtain prices for their common shares in excess of the current market prices at which the Fund’s common shares were then trading.  Although these provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their common shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of each Fund, the Fund believes the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company to eliminate the discount may not be desired by stockholders, who purchased their common shares in preference to stock of the many mutual funds available.

 

18



 

Each Fund holds annual meetings as required by the rules of the NYSE.  Under Maryland law and the Funds’ By-laws, each Fund will call a special meeting of its stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least 25% of all the votes at such meeting.  Such request for such a special meeting must state the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it.  The secretary of each Fund shall (i) inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting, and (ii) on payment of these costs to the Fund notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.  Notwithstanding the above, under Maryland law and each Fund’s By-laws, unless requested by stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, a special meeting need not be called to consider any matter which is substantially the same as a matter voted on at any special meeting of the stockholders held during the preceding 12 months.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Global Opportunity Bond’s Charter provides that the Board may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of capital stock into one or more additional or other classes or series, with rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the holders of common shares.  Holders of common shares have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of preferred stock that might be issued.  To date, Global Opportunity Bond has not classified any unissued shares of capital stock into, or issued, preferred stock of any class or series.

 

Trading History and Share Price Data

 

Each Fund’s common shares are listed and traded on the NYSE.  The following table shows the high and low closing prices on the NYSE per common share of each Fund, the high and low NAV per share and the discount or premium to NAV represented by the quotation for each quarter since March 2007.

 

GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND

 

 

 

Market Price(1)

 

Net Asset Value(1)

 

Premium (Discount)(1)

 

Quarter Ended

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

March 31, 2007

 

$

11.93

 

$

7.90

 

$

8.31

 

$

8.12

 

41.525

%

-2.439

%

June 30, 2007

 

$

8.32

 

$

7.52

 

$

8.36

 

$

8.09

 

0.852

%

-7.543

%

September 30, 2007

 

$

7.79

 

$

6.14

 

$

8.23

 

$

7.89

 

-4.863

%

-12.312

%

December 31, 2007

 

$

7.28

 

$

6.71

 

$

8.28

 

$

7.96

 

-10.798

%

-16.210

%

March 31, 2008

 

$

7.33

 

$

6.73

 

$

8.01

 

$

7.78

 

-7.799

%

-13.165

%

June 30, 2008

 

$

7.04

 

$

6.48

 

$

7.94

 

$

7.57

 

-11.041

%

-14.510

%

September 30, 2008

 

$

6.497

 

$

4.55

 

$

7.60

 

$

6.92

 

-14.721

%

-28.488

%

December 31, 2008

 

$

5.22

 

$

3.30

 

$

6.87

 

$

5.54

 

-18.089

%

-37.500

%

March 31, 2009

 

$

5.34

 

$

3.92

 

$

6.20

 

$

5.79

 

-14.561

%

-31.244

%

June 30, 2009

 

$

6.48

 

$

4.60

 

$

7.03

 

$

6.13

 

-14.956

%

-23.622

%

 


(1)          As reported by Bloomberg.

 

EMERGING MARKETS DEBT

 

 

 

Market Price(1)

 

Net Asset Value(1)

 

Premium (Discount)(1)

 

Quarter Ended

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

March 31, 2007

 

$

11.66

 

$

10.44

 

$

11.28

 

$

11.09

 

-0.803

%

-7.362

%

June 30, 2007

 

$

10.81

 

$

9.92

 

$

11.53

 

$

11.14

 

-5.296

%

-10.256

%

September 30, 2007

 

$

10.30

 

$

8.55

 

$

11.37

 

$

10.82

 

-8.946

%

-18.022

%

December 31, 2007

 

$

10.01

 

$

9.52

 

$

11.52

 

$

11.23

 

-12.257

%

-15.628

%

March 31, 2008

 

$

10.27

 

$

9.3201

 

$

11.41

 

$

11.09

 

-10.629

%

-16.429

%

June 30, 2008

 

$

10.00

 

$

9.27

 

$

11.26

 

$

10.82

 

-11.319

%

-15.049

%

September 30, 2008

 

$

9.43

 

$

6.40

 

$

10.95

 

$

9.96

 

-13.809

%

-30.210

%

December 31, 2008

 

$

7.71

 

$

4.30

 

$

9.90

 

$

7.74

 

-17.466

%

-36.773

%

March 31, 2009

 

$

7.82

 

$

5.95

 

$

9.15

 

$

8.62

 

-11.366

%

-30.858

%

June 30, 2009

 

$

8.59

 

$

6.95

 

$

10.21

 

$

9.06

 

-15.551

%

-22.819

%

 


(1)   As reported by Bloomberg.

 

19



 

Shares of closed-end management companies frequently trade at discounts from their NAVs, and the Funds’ common shares have also traded at a discount in recent times.

 

There can be no assurance that the Funds’ common shares will trade in the future above, at or below NAV.

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS;
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND CASH PURCHASE PLAN

 

It is each Fund’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, to distribute to stockholders, at least quarterly, dividends of its net investment income from earnings on its investments.  Each Fund also expects to distribute any net realized capital gains to stockholders on an annual basis.  Distributions to stockholders are normally subject to federal income tax in the stockholders’ hands when the distributions are paid.  This is true whether stockholders take distributions in cash or reinvest them in Fund common shares.  Distributions to stockholders also may be subject to state and local income tax.  Any distributions of net investment income and any short-term capital gain distributions are taxable to stockholders as ordinary income.  Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, no matter how long stockholders have owned common shares in the Funds.  Stockholders who are not subject to income tax will not be required to pay tax on distributions.  Every January, stockholders will be sent a statement showing the taxable distributions paid to them in the previous year.  This statement provides information on stockholders’ dividends and capital gains for tax purposes.

 

All persons becoming registered holders of common shares of each Fund (other than brokers and nominees of banks or other financial institutions) will automatically be included in the Fund’s Dividend  Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan (the “Plan”), unless Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Plan Agent”) is otherwise instructed by the stockholder in writing.  All distributions under the Plan will automatically be reinvested in common shares of the applicable Fund in full and fractional common shares as described below.  Stockholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash paid by check in U.S. dollars mailed directly to the stockholder of record by the dividend paying agent.

 

Details of the Plan

 

The Plan Agent serves as agent for the stockholders in administering the Plan.  If the Directors of a Fund declare an income dividend or realized capital gains distribution payable either in the Fund’s common shares or in cash, as stockholders may have elected, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive common shares, to be issued by the Fund or to be purchased in the open market by the Plan Agent.  If the market price per share on the valuation date equals or exceeds NAV per share on that date, the Fund will issue new common shares to participants at NAV unless the NAV is less than 95% of the market price on the valuation date, in which case, at 95% of the market price.  The valuation date will be the dividend or  distribution payment date or, if that date is not a trading day on the exchange on which each Fund’s common shares are then listed, the next preceding trading day.  If the NAV exceeds the market price of a Fund’s common shares at such time, or if a Fund should declare a dividend or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan Agent will, as agent for the participants, buy the Fund’s common shares in the open market, or elsewhere, with the cash in respect of the dividend or distribution, for the participants’ account on, or shortly after, the payment date.

 

Participants in the Plan have the option of making additional voluntary cash payments to the Plan Agent, quarterly, in any amount from $100 to $3,000, for investment in Fund common shares. The Plan Agent uses all funds received from participants (as well as any dividends and capital gains distributions received in cash) to purchase  shares of common stock on the open market on or about the 15th day of March, June, September, and December.  No participant has any authority to direct the time or price at which the Plan Agent may purchase the common shares on its behalf. Any voluntary cash payments received more than 35 days prior to such date will be returned by the Plan Agent, and interest will not be paid on any such amounts. To avoid unnecessary cash accumulations, and also to allow ample time for receipt and processing by the Plan Agent, participants should send in voluntary cash payments to be received by the Plan Agent approximately two business days before the 15th day of March, June, September and December.  A participant may withdraw a voluntary cash payment by written notice, if the notice is received by the Plan Agent not less than 48 hours before such payment is to be invested.

 

20



 

The Plan Agent maintains all stockholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by stockholders for personal and tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant are held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form in the name of the participant, and each stockholder’s proxy includes those common shares purchased pursuant to the Plan.

 

In the case of stockholders, such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold common shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent administers the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the stockholder as representing the total amount registered in the stockholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are participating in the Plan.

 

The automatic reinvestment of dividend and distributions will not relieve participants of any income tax that may be payable on such dividends or distributions.

 

There is no charge to participants for reinvesting dividends or distributions.  The Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends and distributions are paid by each Fund.  However, each participant’s account is charged a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the Plan Agent’s open market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.  Brokerage charges for purchasing small amounts of stock for individual accounts through the Plan are generally less than the usual brokerage charges, because the Plan Agent purchases stock for all participants in blocks and prorates the lower commission thus attainable.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payment made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to notice of the change sent to all stockholders at least 30 days before the record date for the dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan Agent by at least 30 days’ written notice to all stockholders.

 

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS

 

The common share price and return of the Funds will fluctuate with changes in the market value of their respective portfolio securities.  The market value of the Funds’ portfolio securities will increase or decrease due to a variety of economic, market and political factors which cannot be predicted.  The principal risks associated with an investment in the Funds are summarized below.

 

Debt Securities Risk.  Each Fund may invest in debt securities.  All debt securities are subject to two types of risk:  credit risk and interest rate risk.  Credit risk refers to the possibility that the issuer of a security will be unable to make interest payments and/or repay the principal on its debt.  Interest rate risk refers to fluctuations in the value of a debt security resulting from changes in the general level of interest rates.  When the general level of interest rates goes up, the prices of most debt securities go down.  When the general level of interest rates goes down, the prices of most debt securities go up.  (Zero coupon securities are typically subject to greater price fluctuations than comparable securities that pay interest.)

 

Foreign Securities Risk.  Each Fund may invest in foreign securities.  Investing in foreign securities involves certain special considerations that are not typically associated with investments in the securities of U.S. issuers.  Foreign issuers are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and may have policies that are not comparable to those of domestic issuers.  As a result, there may be less information available about foreign issuers than about domestic issuers.  Securities of some foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers.  There is generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers and listed issuers than in the United States.  In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political and social instability, or diplomatic development which could affect U.S. investments in those countries.  The costs of investing in foreign countries frequently are higher than the costs of investing in the United States.  Although the Adviser endeavors to achieve the most favorable execution costs in portfolio transactions, fixed commissions on many foreign stock exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges.

 

21



 

Investments in securities of foreign issuers generally will be denominated in foreign currencies.  Accordingly, the value of the Fund’s assets, as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates and in exchange control regulations.  The Fund may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.  See “—Foreign Currency Considerations.”

 

Certain foreign governments levy withholding or other taxes on dividend and interest income.  Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non recovered portion of foreign withholding taxes will reduce the income received from investments in such countries.

 

From time to time, certain of the companies in which the Fund expects to invest may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. Government as state sponsors of terrorism.  A company may suffer damage to its reputation if it is identified as a company which operates in, or has dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. Government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism.  As an investor in such companies, a Fund will be indirectly subject to those risks.

 

The foreign securities in which the Funds may invest will be issued (in the case of Emerging Markets Debt) and may be issued (in the case of Global Opportunity Bond) by issuers located in emerging market or developing countries. Compared to the United States and other developed countries, emerging market or developing countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries and securities markets that trade a small number of securities. Securities issued by companies located in these countries tend to be especially volatile and may be less liquid than securities traded in developed countries. In the past, securities in these countries have been characterized by greater potential loss than securities of companies located in developed countries.

 

A portion of each Fund’s investments in emerging markets securities may include investments in microfinance loans.  Microfinance loans are typically very small loans (microcredit) made for providing the means for people who are not served by traditional banking systems to expand their business or finance their families’ basic needs by providing access to affordable credit.  Microfinance loans carry many of the same risks associated with investing in emerging markets countries, but because some of the microfinance loans may be used to fund crop growing and livestock, microfinance loans may also be subject to climate and geography risk.  In addition, most micro-clients have low incomes and little or no previous credit history.  As a result, there is no assurance that  microcredit clients will be able to repay the microfinance loans.

 

The economies of individual emerging market or developing countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.  Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures.  These economies also have been, and may continue to be, adversely effected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade.

 

Prior governmental approval for foreign investments may be required under certain circumstances in some emerging market or developing countries, and the extent of foreign investment in certain fixed income securities and domestic companies may be subject to limitation in other emerging market or developing countries.  Foreign ownership limitations also may be imposed by the charters of individual companies in emerging market or developing countries to prevent, among other concerns, violation of foreign investment limitations.  Repatriation of investment income, capital and the proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some emerging countries.  The Funds could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental registration or approval for such repatriation. Any investment subject to such repatriation controls will be considered illiquid if it appears reasonably likely that this process will take more than seven days.

 

Investment in emerging market or developing countries may entail purchasing securities issued by or on behalf of entities that are insolvent, bankrupt, in default or otherwise engaged in an attempt to reorganize or reschedule their obligations and in entities that have little or no proven credit rating or credit history.  In any such

 

22



 

case, the issuer’s poor or deteriorating financial condition may increase the likelihood that the Funds will experience losses or diminution in available gains due to bankruptcy, insolvency or fraud.  Emerging market or developing countries also pose the risk of nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political changes, government regulation, social instability or diplomatic development (including war) that could affect adversely the economies of such countries or the value of a fund’s investments in those countries. In addition, it may be difficult to obtain and enforce a judgment in a court outside the United States.

 

Investments in emerging markets may also be exposed to an extra degree of custodial and/or market risk, especially where the securities purchased are not traded on an official exchange or where ownership records regarding the securities are maintained by an unregulated entity (or even the issuer itself).

 

Sovereign Debt Securities Risk.  Each Fund may invest in emerging market countries’ government debt securities, i.e., sovereign debt securities.  Investments in sovereign debt are subject to the risk that a government entity may delay or refuse to pay interest or repay principal on its sovereign debt. Some of these reasons may include cash flow problems, insufficient foreign currency reserves, political considerations, the relative size of its debt position to its economy or its failure to put in place economic reforms required by the International Monetary Fund or other multilateral agencies. If a government entity defaults, it may ask for more time in which to pay or for further loans. There is no legal process for collecting on a sovereign debt that a government does not pay or bankruptcy proceeding by which all or part of the sovereign debt that a government entity has not repaid may be collected.

 

Foreign Currency Considerations.  Each Fund will invest directly in debt obligations of issuers located in emerging market countries that are denominated in the local currency.  The Funds are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar.  The values of the currencies of the emerging market countries in which the Funds may invest may be subject to a high degree of fluctuation due to changes in interest rates, the effects of monetary policies issued by the United States, foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities, the imposition of currency controls or other national or global political or economic developments.  Therefore, the Funds’ exposure to foreign currencies may result in reduced returns to the Fund.

 

Each Fund will compute and expect to distribute its income in U.S. dollars, and the computation of income is made on the date that the income is earned by the Funds at the foreign exchange rate in effect on that date.  If the value of the foreign currencies in which each Fund receives its income falls relative to the U.S. dollar between the earning of the income and the time at which the Fund converts the foreign currencies to U.S. dollars, the Fund may be required to liquidate securities in order to make distributions if the Fund has insufficient cash in U.S. dollars to meet distribution requirements.  The liquidation of investments, if required, may have an adverse impact on the Fund’s performance.

 

Since each Fund may invest in debt obligations of issuers located in emerging market countries that are denominated in the local currency, changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of securities in the Fund’s portfolio and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments.  In addition to changes in the value of the Funds’ portfolio investments resulting from currency fluctuations, the Funds may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.  Foreign exchange dealers realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer normally will offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire immediately to resell that currency to the dealer.  The Funds will conduct their foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward, futures or options contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.

 

Lower Rated and Unrated Securities Risk.  Each Fund may invest without limitation in securities that are generally considered to have a credit quality rated below investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization such as Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”).  Non-investment grade securities (that is, rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s or BB+ or lower by S&P) are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions.  Each Fund may invest in defaulted securities.  Some of the emerging country debt securities held by the Funds, which may not be paying

 

23



 

interest currently or may be in payment default, may be comparable to securities rated as low as C by Moody’s or CCC or lower by S&P.  These securities are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, to have a current identifiable vulnerability to default, to be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions and/or to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal.

 

Debt instruments rated below investment grade and unrated debt instruments typically involve greater risk.  Securities rated below investment grade and unrated securities are especially subject to adverse changes in general economic conditions, to changes in the financial condition of their issuers and to price fluctuation in response to changes in interest rates.  During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, issuers of instruments rated below investment grade and unrated instruments may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of principal and interest and increase the possibility of default.  Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of securities rated below investment grade and unrated securities especially in a market characterized by a low volume of trading.

 

Repurchase Agreements.  Each Fund may invest in repurchase agreements.  Global Opportunity Bond may only enter into repurchase agreements with brokers, dealers or banks that meet the credit guidelines established by the Fund’s Board of Directors.  When cash may be available for only a few days, it may be invested by a Fund in repurchase agreements until such time as it may otherwise be invested or used for payments of obligations of the Fund. These agreements, which may be viewed as a type of secured lending by a Fund, typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer.  The agreement provides that a Fund will sell back to the institution, and that the institution will repurchase, the underlying security serving as collateral at a specified price and at a fixed time in the future, usually not more than seven days from the date of purchase.  The collateral will be marked-to-market daily to determine that the value of the collateral, as specified in the agreement, does not decrease below the purchase price plus accrued interest.  If such decrease occurs, additional collateral will be requested and, when received, added to the account to maintain full collateralization.  Each Fund will accrue interest from the institution until the time when the repurchase is to occur.   Although this date is deemed by a Fund to be the maturity date of a repurchase agreement, the maturities of securities subject to repurchase agreements are not subject to any limits.

 

While repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities, each Fund follows procedures approved by the Directors that are designed to minimize such risks.  These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with large, well-capitalized and well-established financial institutions whose financial condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser.  In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement.  In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, each Fund will seek to liquidate such collateral.  However, the exercising of a Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

 

Futures.  Each Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts.  Futures contracts provide for the sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specified security, index, instrument or basket of instruments.  Futures contracts (secured by cash, government or other liquid securities deposited with brokers or custodians as “initial margin”) are valued based upon their quoted daily settlement prices; changes in initial settlement value (represented by cash paid to or received from brokers as (“variation margin”) are accounted for as unrealized appreciation (depreciation).

 

The Funds may use futures contracts in order to manage their exposure to the stock and bond markets, to hedge against unfavorable changes in the value of securities or to remain fully invested and to reduce transaction costs.  Risks arise from the possible movements in security values underlying these instruments.  The change in value of futures contracts primarily corresponds with the value of their underlying instruments, which may not correlate with the change in value of the hedged investments.  In addition, there is the risk that the Funds may not be able to enter into a closing transaction because of an illiquid secondary market.

 

24



 

Options.  Each Fund may write covered call and put options on portfolio securities and other financial instruments.  The liabilities are subsequently adjusted to reflect the current value of the options written.  Premiums received from writing options which expire are treated as realized gains.  Premiums received from writing options which are exercised or are closed are added to or offset against the proceeds or amount paid on the transaction to determine the net realized gain or loss.  By writing a covered call option, the Funds, in exchange for the premium, forego the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price should the market price of the underlying security increase.  By writing a put option, the Funds, in exchange for  the premium, accept the risk of having to purchase a security at an exercise price that is above the current market price.

 

The Funds may purchase call and put options on its securities or other financial instruments.  The Funds may purchase call options to protect against an increase in the price of the security or financial instrument it anticipates purchasing.  The Funds may purchase put options on securities which it holds or other financial instruments to protect against a decline in the value of the security or financial instrument or to close out covered written put positions.   Risks may arise from an imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities purchased or sold by the Fund and from the possible lack of a liquid secondary market for an option. The maximum exposure to loss for any purchased option is limited to the premium initially paid for the option.

 

Swaps.  Each Fund may enter into swap transactions.  A swap is a derivative in the form of an agreement to exchange the return generated by one instrument for the return generated by another instrument.  The payment streams are calculated by reference to a specified index and agreed upon notional amount.  The currency swaps in which the Funds may enter will generally involve an agreement to pay interest streams in one currency based on a specified index in exchange for receiving interest streams denominated in another currency.  Such swaps may involve initial and final exchanges that correspond to the agreed upon national amount.

 

The swaps in which the Funds may engage also include rate caps, floors and collars under which one party pays a single or periodic fixed amount(s) (or premium), and the other party pays periodic amounts based on the movement of a specified index.  Swaps do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal.  Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the Funds are contractually obligated to make.  If the other party to a swap defaults, the Funds’ risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Funds are contractually entitled to receive.  Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency.  Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.  If there is a default by the counterparty, the Funds may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.  The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation.  Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.

 

Interest rate and total rate of return swaps do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets, or principal.  Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and total rate of return swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Funds are contractually obligated to make.  If the other party to an interest rate or total rate of return swap defaults, the Funds’ risk of loss consists of the net amount of interest payments that the Funds are contractually entitled to receive.  In contrast, currency swaps may involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency.  Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap may be subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.  If there is a default by the counterparty, the Funds may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

Options on Swaps.  Each Fund may engage in options on swaps for hedging purposes or to manage and mitigate the credit and interest rate.  A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms.  Each Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.  The use of swap options involves risks, including, among others, changes in the market value of securities held by the Fund, and of swap options relating to those securities may not be proportionate, (ii) there may not be a liquid market to sell a swap option, which could result in difficulty closing a position, (iii) swap options can

 

25



 

magnify the extent of losses incurred due to changes in the market value of the securities to which they relate and (iv) counterparty risk.

 

Each Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.  Each Fund’s obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid securities to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund.  Each Fund may enter into OTC derivatives transactions (swaps, caps, floors, puts, etc., but excluding foreign exchange contracts) with counterparties that are approved by the Adviser in accordance with guidelines established by the Board.  These guidelines provide for a minimum credit rating for each counterparty and various credit enhancement techniques (for example, collateralization of amounts due from Counterparties) to limit exposure to counterparties with ratings below AA by S&P or Aa by Moody’s.

 

Credit Default Swaps.  Each Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to the Fund.  As the seller in a credit default swap contract, a Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation.  In return, a Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred.  If no default occurs, a Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations.  As the seller, a Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

 

Each Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph.  This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would generate income only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability).  It would also involve credit risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default.

 

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts.  Each Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”) as a hedge against fluctuations in future foreign exchange rates.  A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.  Each Fund may conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis through forward currency contracts or through non-deliverable forward currency transactions.  A currency spot transaction is a cash-settled contract to buy or sell a specified quantity of currency for physical settlement at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market.  A forward currency transaction is a contract to buy or sell a specified quantity of currency at a specified date in the future at a specified price which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.  Forward currency contracts may be used to increase or reduce exposure to currency price movements.  A non-deliverable forward currency transaction is a synthetic short-term forward contract on a thinly traded or non-convertible foreign currency where the gain or loss is the difference between a specified exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement.  Non-deliverable forward currency contracts allow investors to hedge or gain exposure to local currency movements of certain markets without actually dealing in the underlying markets.  The demand for non-deliverable forward currency contracts arises principally out of regulatory and liquidity issues in the underlying currency.  Non-deliverable forward currency contracts are used to gain exposure to foreign currencies which are not internationally traded and do not have a forward market for foreign investors.  Non-deliverable forward currency contracts are cash settled transactions and in certain less developed countries, such contracts may be relatively illiquid.  Forward contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large, commercial and investment banks) and their customers.  Forward contracts only will be entered into with U.S. banks and their foreign branches, insurance companies and other dealers or foreign banks whose assets total $1 billion or more.  A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades.

 

26



 

Each Fund may enter into forward contracts under various circumstances.  The typical use of a forward contract is to “lock in” the price of a security in U.S. dollars or some other foreign currency, which the Fund is holding in its portfolio.  By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars or other currency, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transactions, the Fund may be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar or other currency which is being used for the security purchase and the foreign currency in which the security is denominated during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

 

The Adviser also may from time to time utilize forward contracts for other purposes.  For example, they may be used to hedge a foreign security held in the portfolio or a security which pays out principal tied to an exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency, against a decline in value of the applicable foreign currency.  They also may be used to lock in the current exchange rate of the currency in which those securities anticipated to be purchased are denominated.  At times, the Funds may enter into “cross-currency” hedging transactions involving currencies other than those in which securities are held or proposed to be purchased are denominated.

 

Each Fund will not enter into forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to these contracts where the consummation of the contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

When required by law, each Fund will cause its custodian bank to earmark cash, U.S. government securities or other appropriate liquid portfolio securities in an amount equal to the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of forward contracts entered into under the circumstances set forth above.  If the value of the securities so earmarked declines, additional cash or securities will be earmarked on a daily basis so that the value of such securities will equal the amount of the Fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

 

Although each Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  It will, however, do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion.  Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the spread between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a  Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

 

Each Fund may be limited in its ability to enter into hedging transactions involving forward contracts by the Code requirements relating to qualification as a regulated investment company.

 

Forward contracts may limit gains on portfolio securities that could otherwise be realized had they not been utilized and could result in losses.  The contracts also may increase a Fund’s volatility and may involve a significant amount of risk relative to the investment of cash.

 

Structured Products.  Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in structured investments, structured notes and other types of similarly structured products consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.  Generally, structured investments are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities.  These investment entities may be structured as trusts or other types of pooled investment vehicles.  This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments or referencing an indicator related to such investments.  The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions.  The cash flow or rate of return on a structured investment may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator.

 

Structured notes are derivative securities for which the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments is based on the movement of one or more “factors.”  These factors include, but are not limited to, currency

 

27



 

exchange rates, interest rates (such as the prime lending rate or LIBOR), referenced bonds and stock indices.  Some of these factors may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying instruments referenced in such notes.  In some cases, the impact of the movements of these factors may increase or decrease through the use of multipliers or deflators.  The Fund will use structured notes consistent with its investment objectives and policies.

 

The cash flow or rate of return on a structured investment may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator.  Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique.  Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss.  As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the underlying investments or referenced indicator could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured product.  Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.  The Fund may have the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer.  While certain structured investment vehicles enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured vehicles generally pay their share of the investment vehicle’s administrative and other expenses.  Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market and may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified buyers for these securities.

 

Investments in structured notes involve risks including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk.  Where a Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds and stock indices, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations.  Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity.  Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.

 

Cross Currency Hedging.  Each Fund may enter into cross currency hedges, which involve the sale of one currency against the positive exposure to a different currency.  Cross currency hedges may be used for hedging  purposes or to establish an active exposure to the exchange rate between any two currencies.  Hedging a Fund’s currency risks involves the risk of mismatching the Fund’s obligations under a forward or futures contract with the value of securities denominated in a particular currency.  For cross currency hedges, there is an additional risk to the extent that these transactions create exposure to currencies in which a Fund’s securities are not denominated.

 

General Leverage Risk.  There can be no assurance that the Funds will utilize leverage, or that, if utilized, they will be successful during any period in which it is employed.  The use of leverage by a Fund would result in additional risks to the Fund’s stockholders than if leverage had not been used and can magnify the effect of any losses.  If the income and gains earned on securities to which the Funds have exposure through the use of leverage are greater than a Fund’s costs of borrowing, the Fund’s returns will be greater than if leverage had not been used.  Conversely, if the income and gains from those securities do not cover the payments due in connection with the leverage used, the return will be less than if the economic leverage had not been used.  The Adviser nevertheless may determine to continue to use leverage if it believes that the benefits to the Funds’ stockholders will in the long-term outweigh the potential risk of a reduced return.  There is no assurance that the Funds’ leverage strategy will be successful.  During periods in which the Funds are using leverage, the fees paid by the Funds for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Funds did not use leverage. Leverage involves risks and special considerations that stockholders should consider, including: (i) the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; (ii) when the Funds use leverage, the fees payable to the Adviser will be higher than if the Funds did not use leverage; (ii) the use of leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce the Funds’ total return; and (iv) the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause greater decline in the NAV of the common shares than if the Funds were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares.

 

Each Fund may be required to sell assets at a loss, or at an inopportune time, in order to redeem or pay off leverage, resulting in a decrease in the NAV of the Fund.  The Adviser, in its discretion, will continue the Fund’s use

 

28



 

of leverage where it believes that the benefits of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh any current reduced return to current stockholders.

 

While each Fund may consider reducing leverage in response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates in an effort to mitigate the increased volatility of current income and NAV associated with leverage, there can, however, be no assurance that the Fund will actually reduce leverage in the future or that a reduction, if any, will benefit the common stockholders.  Changes in the future direction of interest rates are very difficult to predict accurately.  If each Fund were to reduce leverage based on a prediction about future changes to interest rates, and that prediction turned out to be incorrect, the reduction in leverage would likely reduce the income and/or total returns to common stockholders as compared to a situation where the Fund had not reduced leverage.  The Funds may decide that this risk outweighs the likelihood of achieving the desired reduction to volatility in income and share price if the prediction turned out to be correct and determine not to reduce leverage.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements.  Each Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements involve many of the same risks involved in the Funds’ use of leverage, as the proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities.  There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities that the Funds have sold but remain obligated to repurchase.  In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Funds may decline.

 

If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experience insolvency, the Funds may be adversely affected.  Also, in entering into repurchase agreements, the Funds would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the underlying securities.  In addition, due to the interest costs associated with reverse repurchase agreements, the Funds’ NAV will decline, and, in some cases, the Funds may be worse off than if they had not used such instruments.

 

Illiquid Investments Risk.  Investment of each Fund’s assets in relatively illiquid securities and loans may restrict the ability of the Fund to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price, as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities.  The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute in situations in which a Fund’s operations require cash, such as when a Fund pays dividends or distributions or if a Fund repurchases common shares, and could result in the Fund borrowing to meet short-term cash requirements or incurring capital losses on the sale of illiquid investments.

 

Risks of Lending Portfolio Securities.  There may be risks of delay and costs involved in recovery of securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially.  These delays and costs could be greater for foreign securities.  However, loans will be made only to borrowers deemed by the Adviser to be creditworthy and when, in the judgment of the Adviser, the income that can be earned from such securities loans justifies the attendant risk.  All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the broker, dealer, bank or institution, will be considered in making decisions with respect to the lending of securities, subject to review by the Funds’ Board.  The Funds also bears the risk that the reinvestment of collateral will result in a principal loss.  Finally, there is the risk that the price of the securities will increase while they are on loan and the collateral will not be adequate to cover their value.

 

Short Sales.  Each Fund may sell securities short.  Each Fund is obligated to replace the borrowed securities at their market price at the time of replacement.   Each Fund may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities as well as pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced.  Each Fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will generally be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash, U.S. government  securities or other liquid, high grade debt obligations. In addition, the Funds will either place in a segregated account  with its custodian or denote on its custody records an amount of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid  high grade debt obligations equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold at the  time they were sold short and (2) any cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid high grade debt obligations  deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the proceeds of the short  sale).  Short sales by the Funds involve certain risks and special considerations.  Possible losses from short sales differ  from losses that could be incurred from a purchase of a security because losses from short sales may be unlimited, whereas losses from purchases cannot exceed the total amount invested.

 

29



 

Tax Risk.  Each Fund elects to be treated and qualify each year as a “regulated investment company” under the Code.  If each Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income, including net capital gain, distributed (or deemed distributed, as described below) to stockholders, provided that, for each taxable year, the Fund distributes (or is treated as distributing) to its stockholders an amount equal to or exceeding 90% of its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest and the excess of any net short term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as reduced by certain deductible expenses).  Each Fund intends to distribute annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.  In order for a Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company in any taxable year, the Fund must meet certain asset diversification tests and at least 90% of its gross income for such year must be certain types of qualifying income.  Foreign currency gains will generally be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement as long as such gains are derived with respect to the business of investing in such currencies.  However, the U.S. Treasury Department has authority to issue regulations in the future that could treat some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency gains as non qualifying income, thereby jeopardizing a Fund’s status as a regulated investment company for all years to which the regulations are applicable.  If for any taxable year a Fund did not qualify as a regulated investment company, it would be treated as a corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, thereby subjecting any income earned by the Fund to tax at the corporate level at a 35% U.S. federal tax rate and, when such income is distributed, to a further tax at the stockholder level to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.

 

Net Asset Value Discount.  Frequently, shares of closed-end investment companies, such as the Funds, trade at a price below their NAV, commonly referred to as a “discount.”  Historically, shares of closed-end funds have traded at a discount to their NAV and the Funds cannot predict whether their common shares will trade at a discount to their NAV.  Before making an investment decision, a prospective investor should consider the suitability of this investment with respect to the investor’s investment objectives and personal situation.

 

Non-Diversification Risk.  Each Fund is classified as a “non-diversified” investment company under the 1940 Act, which means that the Fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer.  As a non-diversified investment company, each Fund may invest a greater proportion of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers and, as a result, may be subject to greater risk with respect to portfolio securities.  However, each Fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements imposed by the Code for qualification as a regulated investment company.

 

Risks of Investing in Other Investment Companies.   Subject to the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act, each Fund may acquire shares in other investment companies, including foreign investment companies.  The market value of the shares of other investment companies may differ from the NAV of the particular fund.  As a stockholder in an investment company, the Fund would bear its ratable share of that entity’s expenses, including its investment advisory and administration fees.  At the same time, the Funds would continue to pay their own advisory and administration fees and other expenses.  As a result, the Funds and their stockholders, in effect, will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies.

 

Temporary Investments.  With respect to Global Opportunity Bond, during periods in which the Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to do so, Global Opportunity Bond may for temporary defensive purposes, invest part or all of its assets in cash or in certain short-term (less than 12 months to maturity) debt securities including certificated of deposit, commercial paper, notes, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such government securities.

 

With respect to Emerging Markets Debt, during periods in which the Adviser believes changes in economic, financial and political conditions make it advisable, the Emerging Markets Debt may, for temporary defensive purposes, reduce its holdings in emerging market debt securities and invest in certain other short term (less than 12 months to maturity) and medium-term (not greater than 5 years to maturity) debt securities or cash. The short-term and medium-term debt securities in which Emerging Markets Debt may invest consist of: obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government , its agencies or instrumentalities, bank deposits and bank obligations of U.S. or emerging country banks denominated in any currency, floating rate securities and other instruments denominated in any currency issued by international development agencies, finance company and corporate

 

30



 

commercial paper and other short term corporate debt obligations of U.S. corporations meeting the Emerging Markets Debt’s credit quality standards and repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers with respect to such securities.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions.  Each Fund’s Charter and Bylaws, as well as Maryland law, include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status and delay or limit the ability of other persons to acquire control of the Fund.  These provisions could deprive the Fund’s common stockholders of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the common shares or at NAV.

 

Corporate Debt Obligations Risk.  Emerging Markets Debt may invest in debt securities of corporate issuers.  Prices of corporate debt obligations fluctuate and, in particular, are subject to several key risks including, but not limited to, interest-rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and spread risk.  The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the market place.  There is a risk that the issuers of the corporate debt obligations in which the Fund may invest may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

 

Bank Loans. Each Fund may invest in bank loans.  Bank loans generally are negotiated between a borrower and several financial institutional lenders represented by one or more lenders acting as agent of all the lenders.  The agent is responsible for negotiating the loan agreement that establishes the terms and conditions of the loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders, monitoring any collateral, and collecting principal and interest on the loan.  By investing in a loan, a Fund becomes a member of a syndicate of lenders.  Certain public bank loans are illiquid, meaning each Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price.  Illiquid securities are  also difficult to value.  To the extent a bank loan has been deemed illiquid, it will be subject to a Fund’s restrictions on investment in illiquid securities.  The secondary market for bank loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

 

Bank loans are subject to the risk of default.  Default in the payment of interest or principal on a loan will result in a reduction of income to a Fund, a reduction in the value of the loan, and a potential decrease in the Fund’s NAV.  The risk of default will increase in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase in interest rates.  Because public bank loans usually rank lower in priority of payment to senior loans, they present a greater degree of investment risk due to the fact that the cash flow or other property of the borrower securing the bank loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after meeting the payment obligations of the senior secured obligations of the borrower. These bank loans may exhibit greater price volatility as well.  As  discussed above, however, because bank loans reside higher in the capital structure than high yield bonds, default losses have been historically lower in the bank loan market.  Bank loans that are rated below investment grade share the same risks of other below investment grade securities.

 

Asset-Backed Securities.  Global Opportunity Bond may invest in asset-backed securities.  Asset-backed securities have risk characteristics similar to mortgage-backed securities.  Like mortgage-backed securities, they generally decrease in value as a result of interest rate increases, but may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates, principally because of prepayments.  Also, as in the case of mortgage-backed securities, prepayments generally increase during a period of declining interest rates although other factors, such as changes in credit use and payment patterns, may also influence prepayment rates.  Asset-backed securities also involve the risk that various federal and state consumer laws and other legal, regulatory and economic factors may result in the collateral backing the securities being insufficient to support payment on the securities.

 

The securitization techniques used to develop mortgage-backed securities are also applied to a broad range of other assets.  Various types of assets, primarily automobile and credit card receivables and home equity loans, are being securitized in pass-through structures similar to the mortgage pass-through structures.  New instruments and variations of existing mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities continue to be developed.  Global Opportunity Bond may invest in any of these instruments or variations.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Global Opportunity Bond may invest in mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage-backed securities in which the Funds may invest have different risk characteristics than traditional debt

 

31



 

securities.  Although generally the value of fixed-income securities increases during periods of falling interest rates and decreases during periods of rising interest rates, this is not always the case with mortgage-backed securities.  This is due to the fact that principal on underlying mortgages may be prepaid at any time, as well as other factors.  Generally, prepayments will increase during periods of falling interest rates and decrease during periods of rising interest rates.  The rate of prepayments also may be influenced by economic and other factors.  Prepayment risk includes the possibility that, as interest rates fall, securities with stated interest rates may have the principal prepaid earlier than expected, requiring the Funds to invest the proceeds at generally lower interest rates.  Investments in mortgage-backed securities are made based upon, among other things, expectations regarding the rate of prepayments on underlying mortgage pools.  Rates of prepayment, faster or slower than expected by each Fund’s Adviser, could reduce the Fund’s yield, increase the volatility of the Fund and/or cause a decline in NAV.  Certain mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than other traditional types of debt securities.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations.  Global Opportunity Bond may invest in CMOs.  CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities (collectively, “Mortgage Assets”).  The principal and interest on the Mortgage Assets comprising a CMO may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO in many ways.  The general goal in allocating cash flows on Mortgage Assets to the various classes of a CMO is to create certain tranches on which the expected cash flows have a higher degree of predictability than do the underlying Mortgage Assets.  As a general matter, the more predictable the cash flow is on a particular CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield on that tranche at the time of issue will be relative to the prevailing market yields on the Mortgage Assets.  As part of the process of creating more predictable cash flows on certain tranches of a CMO, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the changes in the cash flows on the underlying Mortgage Assets.  The yields on these tranches are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-related securities with similar average lives.  Principal prepayments on the underlying Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates.  Because of the uncertainty of the cash flows on these tranches, the market prices and yields of these tranches are more volatile and may increase or decrease in value substantially with changes in interest rates and/or the rates of prepayment.

 

Due to the possibility that prepayments (on home mortgages and other collateral) will alter the cash flow on CMOs, it is not possible to determine in advance the final maturity date or average life.  Faster prepayment will shorten the average life and slower prepayments will lengthen it.  In addition, if the collateral securing CMOs or any third-party guarantees are insufficient to make payments, the Funds could sustain a loss.

 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Global Opportunity Bond may invest in CMBS.  CMBS are generally multi-class or pass-through securities backed by a mortgage loan or a pool of mortgage loans secured by commercial property, such as industrial and warehouse properties, office buildings, retail space and shopping malls, multifamily properties and cooperative apartments.  Private lenders, such as banks or insurance companies, originate these loans and then sell the loans directly into a CMBS trust or other entity.  The commercial mortgage loans that underlie CMBS are generally not amortizing or not fully amortizing.  That is, at their maturity date, repayment of their remaining principal balance or “balloon” is due and is repaid through the attainment of an additional loan or sale of the property.  An extension of a final payment on commercial mortgages will increase the average life of the CMBS, generally resulting in lower yield for discount bonds and a higher yield for premium bonds.  Unlike most single family residential mortgages, commercial real estate property loans often contain provisions which substantially reduce the likelihood that such securities will be prepaid. The provisions generally impose significant prepayment penalties on loans and, in some cases, there may be prohibitions on principal prepayments for several years following origination.

 

CMBS are subject to credit risk and prepayment risk.  Although prepayment risk is present, it is of a lesser degree in the CMBS than in the residential mortgage market; commercial real estate property loans often contain provisions which substantially reduce the likelihood that such securities will be prepaid (e.g., significant prepayment penalties on loans and, in some cases, prohibition on principal payments for several years following origination).

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Global Opportunity Bond may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities.  Investments in each class of stripped mortgage-backed securities are extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates.  Interest-only stripped mortgage-backed securities tend to decrease in value substantially if interest rates decline and prepayment rates become more rapid.  Principal-only stripped

 

32



 

mortgage-backed securities tend to decrease in value substantially if interest rates increase and the rate of prepayment decreases.  If Global Opportunity Bond invests in stripped mortgage-backed securities and interest rates move in a manner not anticipated by the management of Global Opportunity Bond, it is possible that Global Opportunity Bond could lose all or substantially all of its investment.

 

Additional Risk Considerations

 

Loan Participations and Assignments Risk.  Each Fund may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”) arranged through private negotiations between an issuer of debt obligations and one or more financial institutions (“Lenders”).  Each Fund’s investments in Loans in most instances will be in the form of participations in Loans (“Participations”) or assignments of all or a portion of Loans (“Assignments”) from third parties.  In connection with purchasing Participations, the Funds generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the Loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation.  As a result, the Funds may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation.  In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the Funds may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower.  Certain Participations may be structured in a manner designed to avoid purchasers of Participations being subject to the credit risk of the Lender with respect to the Participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the Lender’s insolvency, the Lender’s servicing of the Participation may be delayed and the assignability of the Participation impaired.  The Funds will acquire Participations only if the Lender interpositioned between the Funds and the borrower is determined by the Adviser to be creditworthy.

 

Each Fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Participations because to do so it will have to assign such securities to a third party.  Because there is no liquid market for such securities, the Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors.  The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet the Funds’ liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.  The lack of a liquid secondary market for Assignments and Participations also may make it more difficult for the Funds to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the Funds’ portfolio and calculating its NAV.

 

Zero Coupon Securities.  Certain debt obligations purchased by Global Opportunity Bond may take the form of zero coupon securities.  The interest earned on such securities is, implicitly, automatically compounded and paid out at maturity.  While such compounding at a constant rate eliminates the risk of receiving lower yields upon reinvestment of interest if prevailing interest rates decline, the owner of a zero coupon security will be unable to participate in higher yields upon reinvestment of interest received if prevailing interest rates rise.  For this reason, zero coupon securities are subject to substantially greater market price fluctuations during periods of changing prevailing interest rates than are comparable debt securities which make current distributions of interest.  Current federal tax law requires that a holder (such as the Fund) of a zero coupon security accrue a portion of the discount at which the security was purchased as income each year even though the Fund receives no interest payments in cash on the security during the year.

 

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities.  From time to time, the Funds may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. When these transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, but delivery and payment can take place a month or more after the date of commitment.  While the Funds will only purchase securities on a when-issued and delayed delivery basis with the intention of acquiring the securities, the Funds may sell the securities before the settlement date, if it is deemed advisable. The securities so purchased or sold are subject to market fluctuation and no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date.

 

At the time the Funds make the commitment to purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, and delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction and thereafter reflect the value, each day, of such security purchased, or if a sale, the proceeds to be received, in determining its NAV.  At the time of delivery of the securities, their value may be more or less than the purchase or sale price.  An increase in the percentage of the Funds’ assets committed to the purchase of securities on a when-issued and delayed delivery basis may increase the volatility of its NAV. The

 

33



 

Funds will also establish a segregated account on the Funds’ books in which it will continually maintain cash or cash equivalents or other liquid portfolio securities equal in value to commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued and delayed delivery basis.(1)

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXPERTS

 

The financial statements of the Funds, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, that are incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information relating to the Registration Statement on Form N-14 of which this Proxy Statement and Prospectus forms a part, have been audited by [·], independent registered public accounting firm.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters concerning the issuance of Emerging Markets Debt Shares will be passed upon by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York.  Such firm will rely on Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP as to matters of Maryland law.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Additional information about the Funds is available, as applicable, in the following documents: (i) Emerging Markets Debt’s Annual Report for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, accompanying this Proxy Statement and Prospectus; and (iii) Global Opportunity Bond’s Annual Report for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.  The foregoing documents may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 231-2608 (toll-free).

 

Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt are subject to the informational requirements of the 1934 Act, and in accordance therewith, file reports and other information with the Commission.  Proxy material, reports and other information about Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt which are of public record can be viewed and copied at the Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information about the Reference Room’s operations may be obtained by calling the Commission at (202) 551-8090.  Reports and other information about each Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the Commission’s Internet site (www.sec.gov) and copies of this information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address:  publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.

 

OTHER BUSINESS

 

Management of Global Opportunity Bond knows of no business other than the matters specified above which will be presented at the Meeting.  Since matters not known at the time of the solicitation may come before the Meeting, the proxy as solicited confers discretionary authority with respect to such matters as properly come before the Meeting, including any adjournment(s) or postponement(s) thereof, and it is the intention of the persons named as attorneys-in-fact in the proxy to vote this proxy in accordance with their judgment on such matters.

 

 

By:  Order of the Board of Directors,

 

 

 

 

 

Mary E. Mullin

 

Secretary

 

[·], 2009

 


(1) Discuss whether this should be moved to SAI

 

34



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (“Agreement”) is made as of this 19th day of June, 2009, by and between MORGAN STANLEY EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (“Emerging Markets Debt”), and MORGAN STANLEY GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (“Global Opportunity Bond”).

 

This Agreement is intended to be and is adopted as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.368-2(g), for a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The reorganization (“Reorganization”) will consist of the transfer to Emerging Markets Debt of substantially all of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond in exchange for the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of all stated liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond and the issuance by Emerging Markets Debt of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Emerging Markets Debt Shares”), to be distributed, after the Closing Date hereinafter referred to, to the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond in liquidation of Global Opportunity Bond as provided herein, all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Agreement.

 

In consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       THE REORGANIZATION AND LIQUIDATION OF GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND

 

1.1           Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth and on the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, Global Opportunity Bond agrees to assign, deliver and otherwise transfer the Global Opportunity Bond Assets (as defined in paragraph 1.2) to Emerging Markets Debt and Emerging Markets Debt agrees in exchange therefor to assume all of Global Opportunity Bond’s stated liabilities on the Closing Date as set forth in paragraph 1.3 and to deliver to Global Opportunity Bond the number of Emerging Markets Debt Shares, including fractional Emerging Markets Debt Shares, determined in the manner set forth in paragraph 2.3.  Such transactions shall take place at the closing provided for in paragraph 3.1 (“Closing”).

 

1.2           (a)           The “Global Opportunity Bond Assets” shall consist of all property, including without limitation, all cash, cash equivalents, securities and dividend and interest receivables owned by Global Opportunity Bond, and any deferred or prepaid expenses shown as an asset on Global Opportunity Bond’s books on the Valuation Date.

 

(b)           On or prior to the Valuation Date, Global Opportunity Bond will provide Emerging Markets Debt with a list of all of Global Opportunity Bond’s assets to be assigned, delivered and otherwise transferred to Emerging Markets Debt and a list of the stated liabilities to be assumed by Emerging Markets Debt pursuant to this Agreement.  Global Opportunity Bond reserves the right to sell any of the securities on such list but will not, without the prior approval of Emerging Markets Debt, acquire any additional securities other than securities of the type in which Emerging Markets Debt is permitted to invest and in amounts agreed to in writing by Emerging Markets Debt.  Emerging Markets Debt will, within a reasonable time prior to the Valuation Date, furnish Global Opportunity Bond with a statement of Emerging Markets Debt’ investment objective, policies and restrictions and a list of the securities, if any, on the list referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph that do not conform to Emerging Markets Debt’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions.  In the event that Global Opportunity Bond holds any investments that Emerging Markets Debt is not permitted to hold, Global Opportunity Bond will dispose of such securities on or prior to the Valuation Date.  In addition, if it is determined that the portfolios of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt, when aggregated, would contain investments exceeding certain percentage limitations imposed upon Emerging Markets Debt with respect to such investments, Global Opportunity Bond if requested by Emerging Markets Debt will, on or prior to the Valuation Date, dispose of and/or reinvest a sufficient amount of such investments as may be necessary to avoid violating such limitations as of the Closing Date (as defined in paragraph 3.1).

 

1.3           Global Opportunity Bond will endeavor to discharge all of its liabilities and obligations on or prior to the Valuation Date.  Emerging Markets Debt will assume all stated liabilities, which includes, without limitation,

 



 

all expenses, costs, charges and reserves reflected on an unaudited Statement of Assets and Liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond prepared by the Treasurer of Global Opportunity Bond as of the Valuation Date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied from the prior audited period.

 

1.4           In order for Global Opportunity Bond to comply with Section 852(a)(1) of the Code and to avoid having any investment company taxable income or net capital gain (as defined in Sections 852(b)(2) and 1222(11) of the Code, respectively) in the short taxable year ending with its dissolution, Global Opportunity Bond will on or before the Valuation Date (a) declare a dividend in an amount large enough so that it will have declared dividends of substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, if any, for such taxable year (determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid) and (b) distribute such dividend.

 

1.5           On the Closing Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, Global Opportunity Bond will distribute Emerging Markets Debt Shares received by Global Opportunity Bond pursuant to paragraph 1.1 pro rata to its stockholders of record determined as of the close of business on the Valuation Date (“Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond”).  Each Global Opportunity Bond Stockholder will receive Emerging Markets Debt Shares.  Such distribution will be accomplished by an instruction, signed by Global Opportunity Bond’s Secretary, to transfer Emerging Markets Debt Shares then credited to Global Opportunity Bond’s account on the books of Emerging Markets Debt to open accounts on the books of Emerging Markets Debt in the names of the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond and representing the respective pro rata number of Emerging Markets Debt Shares due such Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond.

 

1.6           Ownership of Emerging Markets Debt Shares will be shown on the books of Emerging Markets Debt’s transfer agent.

 

1.7           Any transfer taxes payable upon issuance of Emerging Markets Debt Shares in a name other than the registered holder of Emerging Markets Debt Shares on Global Opportunity Bond’s books as of the close of business on the Valuation Date shall, as a condition of such issuance and transfer, be paid by the person to whom Emerging Markets Debt Shares are to be issued and transferred.

 

1.8           Any reporting responsibility of Global Opportunity Bond is and shall remain the responsibility of Global Opportunity Bond up to and including the date on which Global Opportunity Bond is terminated and deregistered pursuant to paragraph 1.9.

 

1.9           Within one year after the Closing Date, Global Opportunity Bond shall pay or make provision for the payment of all its liabilities and taxes.  If and to the extent that any trust, escrow account or other similar entity continues after the close of such one-year period in connection either with making provision for payment of liabilities or taxes or with distributions to stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond, such entity shall either (i) qualify as a liquidating trust under Section 7701 of the Code (and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder) or other entity which does not constitute a continuation of Global Opportunity Bond for federal income tax purposes, or (ii) be subject to a waiver under Section 368(a)(2)(G)(ii) of the complete distribution requirement of Section 368(a)(2)(G)(i) of the Code.  Global Opportunity Bond shall be dissolved as a Maryland corporation and deregistered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), promptly following the making of all distributions pursuant to paragraph 1.5 (and, in any event, within one year after the Closing Date).

 

1.10         Copies of all books and records maintained on behalf of Global Opportunity Bond in connection with its obligations under the 1940 Act, the Code, state blue sky laws or otherwise in connection with this Agreement will promptly be delivered after the Closing to officers of Emerging Markets Debt or their designee, and Emerging Markets Debt or its designee shall comply with applicable record retention requirements to which Global Opportunity Bond is subject under the 1940 Act.

 

2.                                       VALUATION

 

2.1           The value of the Global Opportunity Bond Assets shall be the value of such assets computed as of 4:00 p.m. New York time on the third business day following the receipt of the requisite approval by stockholders of

 



 

Global Opportunity Bond of this Agreement or at such time on such earlier or later date after such approval as may be mutually agreed upon in writing (such time and date being hereinafter called the “Valuation Date”).

 

2.2           The net asset value of an Emerging Markets Debt Share shall be the net asset value per share computed on the Valuation Date.

 

2.3           The number of Emerging Markets Debt Shares (including fractional shares, if any) to be issued hereunder shall be determined, with respect to each class, by dividing the aggregate net asset value of each class of Global Opportunity Bond shares (determined in accordance with paragraph 2.1) by the net asset value per share of the corresponding class of shares of Emerging Markets Debt (determined in accordance with paragraph 2.2).

 

2.4           All computations of value shall be made by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in accordance with its regular practice in pricing Emerging Markets Debt.  Emerging Markets Debt shall cause Morgan Stanley Services to deliver a copy of its valuation report at the Closing.

 

3.                                       CLOSING AND CLOSING DATE

 

3.1           The Closing shall take place on the Valuation Date or on the next business day following the Valuation Date (the “Closing Date”).  The Closing shall be held as of 9:00 a.m. New York time, or at such other time as the parties may agree.  The Closing shall be held in a location mutually agreeable to the parties hereto.  All acts taking place at the Closing shall be deemed to take place simultaneously as of 9:00 a.m. New York time on the Closing Date unless otherwise provided.

 

3.2           Portfolio securities held by Global Opportunity Bond and represented by a certificate or other written instrument shall be presented by it or on its behalf to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Custodian”), as custodian for Emerging Markets Debt, for examination no later than five business days preceding the Valuation Date.  Such portfolio securities (together with any cash or other assets) shall be delivered by Global Opportunity Bond to the Custodian for the account of Emerging Markets Debt on or before the Closing Date in conformity with applicable custody provisions under the 1940 Act and duly endorsed in proper form for transfer in such condition as to constitute good delivery thereof in accordance with the custom of brokers.  The portfolio securities shall be accompanied by all necessary federal and state stock transfer stamps or a check for the appropriate purchase price of such stamps.  Portfolio securities and instruments deposited with a securities depository (as defined in Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act) shall be delivered on or before the Closing Date by book-entry in accordance with customary practices of such depository and the Custodian.  The cash delivered shall be in the form of a Federal Funds wire, payable to the order of “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Custodian for Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund.”

 

3.3           In the event that on the Valuation Date, (a) the New York Stock Exchange shall be closed to trading or trading thereon shall be restricted or (b) trading or the reporting of trading on such Exchange or elsewhere shall be disrupted so that, in the judgment of both Funds, accurate appraisal of the value of the net assets of Emerging Markets Debt or the Global Opportunity Bond Assets is impracticable, the Valuation Date shall be postponed until the first business day after the day when trading shall have been fully resumed without restriction or disruption and reporting shall have been restored.

 

3.4           If requested, Global Opportunity Bond shall deliver to Emerging Markets Debt or its designee (a) at the Closing, a list, certified by its Secretary, of the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond and the number and percentage ownership of outstanding Global Opportunity Bond shares owned by each such Global Opportunity Bond Stockholder, all as of the Valuation Date, and (b) as soon as practicable after the Closing, all original documentation (including Internal Revenue Service forms, certificates, certifications and correspondence) relating to the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond’ taxpayer identification numbers and their liability for or exemption from back-up withholding.  Emerging Markets Debt shall issue and deliver to such Secretary a confirmation evidencing delivery of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be credited on the Closing Date to Global Opportunity Bond or provide evidence satisfactory to Global Opportunity Bond that such Emerging Markets Debt Shares have been credited to Global Opportunity Bond’s account on the books of Emerging Markets Debt.  At the Closing, each party shall deliver to the other such bills of

 



 

sale, checks, assignments, share certificates, if any, receipts or other documents as such other party or its counsel may reasonably request.

 

4.             COVENANTS OF EMERGING MARKETS DEBT AND GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND

 

4.1           Except as otherwise expressly provided herein with respect to Global Opportunity Bond, the Funds each will operate its business in the ordinary course between the date hereof and the Closing Date, it being understood that such ordinary course of business will include customary dividends and other distributions.

 

4.2           Emerging Markets Debt will prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-14 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), relating to Emerging Markets Debt Shares (“Registration Statement”).  Global Opportunity Bond will provide Emerging Markets Debt with the Proxy Materials as described in paragraph 4.3 below, for inclusion in the Registration Statement.  Global Opportunity Bond will further provide Emerging Markets Debt with such other information and documents relating to Global Opportunity Bond as are reasonably necessary for the preparation of the Registration Statement.

 

4.3           Global Opportunity Bond will call a meeting of its stockholders to consider and act upon this Agreement and to take all other action necessary to obtain approval of the transactions contemplated herein.  Global Opportunity Bond will prepare the notice of meeting, form of proxy and proxy statement (collectively, “Proxy Materials”) to be used in connection with such meeting; provided that Emerging Markets Debt will furnish Global Opportunity Bond with such information relating to Emerging Markets Debt as is reasonably necessary for the preparation of the Proxy Materials.

 

4.4           Global Opportunity Bond will assist Emerging Markets Debt in obtaining such information as Emerging Markets Debt reasonably requests concerning the beneficial ownership of Global Opportunity Bond shares.

 

4.5           Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond will each take, or cause to be taken, all action, and do or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.6           Global Opportunity Bond shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Emerging Markets Debt within 30 days after the Closing Date a statement of Global Opportunity Bond’s assets and liabilities as of the Closing Date, which statement shall be certified by Global Opportunity Bond’s Treasurer and shall be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  As promptly as practicable, but in any case within 60 days after the Closing Date, Global Opportunity Bond shall furnish Emerging Markets Debt, in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to Emerging Markets Debt, a statement certified by Global Opportunity Bond’s Treasurer of Global Opportunity Bond’s earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes that will be carried over to Emerging Markets Debt pursuant to Section 381 of the Code.

 

4.7           As soon after the Closing Date as is reasonably practicable, Global Opportunity Bond (a) shall prepare and file all federal and other tax returns and reports of Global Opportunity Bond required by law to be filed with respect to all periods ending on or before the Closing Date but not theretofore filed and (b) shall pay all federal and other taxes shown as due thereon and/or all federal and other taxes that were unpaid as of the Closing Date, including without limitation, all taxes for which the provision for payment was made as of the Closing Date (as represented in paragraph 5.2(k)).

 

4.8           Emerging Markets Debt agrees to use all reasonable efforts to obtain the approvals and authorizations required by the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and to make such filings required by the state Blue Sky and securities laws as it may deem appropriate in order to continue its operations after the Closing Date.

 

5.             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.1           Emerging Markets Debt represents and warrants to Global Opportunity Bond as follows:

 



 

(a)           Emerging Markets Debt is a validly existing Maryland corporation with full power to carry on its business as presently conducted;

 

(b)           Emerging Markets Debt is a duly registered, closed-end management investment company, and its registration with the Commission as an investment company under the 1940 Act and the registration of its shares under the 1933 Act are in full force and effect;

 

(c)           All of the issued and outstanding shares of Emerging Markets Debt have been offered and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws.  Shares of Emerging Markets Debt are registered in all jurisdictions in which they are required to be registered under state securities laws and other laws, and said registrations, including any periodic reports or supplemental filings, are complete and current, all fees required to be paid have been paid, and Emerging Markets Debt is not subject to any stop order and is fully qualified to sell its shares in each state in which its shares have been registered;

 

(d)           Emerging Markets Debt is not in, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not result in a, material violation of any provision of Emerging Markets Debt’s Charter or By-Laws or of any agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other undertaking to which Emerging Markets Debt is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(e)           No litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against Emerging Markets Debt or any of its properties or assets which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its financial condition or the conduct of its business; and Emerging Markets Debt knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body which materially and adversely affects, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, its business or its ability to consummate the transactions herein contemplated;

 

(f)            The Statement of Assets and Liabilities, Statement of Operations, Statement of Changes in Net Assets and Financial Highlights for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, of Emerging Markets Debt audited by [·], Emerging Markets Debt’s independent registered public accounting firm (copies of which will be furnished to Global Opportunity Bond), fairly present, in all material respects, Emerging Markets Debt’s financial condition as of such date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and its results of such operations, changes in its net assets and financial highlights for such period, and as of such date there will be no known liabilities of Emerging Markets Debt (contingent or otherwise) not disclosed therein that would be required in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to be disclosed therein;

 

(g)           All issued and outstanding Emerging Markets Debt Shares are, and at the Closing Date will be, duly and validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof.  Emerging Markets Debt does not have outstanding any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of its shares;

 

(h)           The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Emerging Markets Debt, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Emerging Markets Debt enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.  No other consents, authorizations or approvals are necessary in connection with Emerging Markets Debt’s performance of this Agreement;

 

(i)            Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be issued and delivered to Global Opportunity Bond, for the account of the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will at the Closing Date have been duly authorized and, when so issued and delivered, will be duly and validly issued Emerging Markets Debt Shares, and will be fully paid and non-assessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof;

 



 

(j)            All material federal and other tax returns and reports of Emerging Markets Debt required by law to be filed on or before the Closing Date have been filed and are correct, and all federal and other taxes shown as due or required to be shown as due on said returns and reports have been paid or provision has been made for the payment thereof, and to the best of Emerging Markets Debt’s knowledge, no such return is currently under audit and no assessment has been asserted with respect to any such return;

 

(k)           For each taxable year since its inception, Emerging Markets Debt has met the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code for qualification and treatment as a “regulated investment company” and neither the execution or delivery of nor the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will adversely affect, and no other events are reasonably likely to occur which will adversely affect the ability of Emerging Markets Debt to continue to meet the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code;

 

(l)            Since December 31, 2008, there has been no change by Emerging Markets Debt in accounting methods, principles or practices, including those required by generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(m)          The information furnished or to be furnished by Emerging Markets Debt for use in registration statements, proxy materials and other documents which may be necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be accurate and complete in all material respects and shall comply in all material respects with federal securities and other laws and regulations applicable thereto; and

 

(n)           The Proxy Materials to be included in the Registration Statement (only insofar as they relate to Emerging Markets Debt) will, on the effective date of the Registration Statement and on the Closing Date, not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not materially misleading.

 

5.2           Global Opportunity Bond represents and warrants to Emerging Markets Debt as follows:

 

(a)           Global Opportunity Bond is a validly existing Maryland corporation with full power to carry on its business as presently conducted;

 

(b)           Global Opportunity Bond is a duly registered, closed-end, management investment company, and its registration with the Commission as an investment company under the 1940 Act and the registration of its shares under the 1933 Act are in full force and effect;

 

(c)           All of the issued and outstanding shares of beneficial interest of Global Opportunity Bond have been offered and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws.  Shares of Global Opportunity Bond are registered in all jurisdictions in which they are required to be registered and said registrations, including any periodic reports or supplemental filings, are complete and current, all fees required to be paid have been paid, and Global Opportunity Bond is not subject to any stop order and is fully qualified to sell its shares in each state in which its shares have been registered;

 

(d)           Global Opportunity Bond is not in, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not result in a, material violation of any provision of Global Opportunity Bond’s Charter or By-Laws or of any agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other undertaking to which Global Opportunity Bond is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(e)           No litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against Global Opportunity Bond or any of its properties or assets which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its financial condition or the conduct of its business; and Global Opportunity Bond knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body which materially and adversely affects, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, its business or its ability to consummate the transactions herein contemplated;

 



 

(f)            The Statement of Assets and Liabilities, Statement of Operations, Statement of Changes in Net Assets and Financial Highlights of Global Opportunity Bond for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, audited by [·], Global Opportunity Bond’s independent registered public accounting firm (copies of which have been or will be furnished to Emerging Markets Debt) fairly present, in all material respects, Global Opportunity Bond’s financial condition as of such date, and its results of operations, changes in its net assets and financial highlights for such period in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and as of such date there were no known liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond (contingent or otherwise) not disclosed therein that would be required in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to be disclosed therein;

 

(g)           Global Opportunity Bond has no material contracts or other commitments (other than this Agreement) that will be terminated with liability to it prior to the Closing Date;

 

(h)           All issued and outstanding shares of Global Opportunity Bond are, and at the Closing Date will be, duly and validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof.  Global Opportunity Bond does not have outstanding any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of its shares, nor is there outstanding any security convertible to any of its shares.  All such shares will, at the time of Closing, be held by the persons and in the amounts set forth in the list of stockholders submitted to Emerging Markets Debt pursuant to paragraph 3.4;

 

(i)            The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will have been duly authorized prior to the Closing Date by all necessary action on the part of Global Opportunity Bond, and subject to the approval of Global Opportunity Bond’s stockholders, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Global Opportunity Bond, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.  No other consents, authorizations or approvals are necessary in connection with Global Opportunity Bond’s performance of this Agreement;

 

(j)            All material federal and other tax returns and reports of Global Opportunity Bond required by law to be filed on or before the Closing Date shall have been filed and are correct and all federal and other taxes shown as due or required to be shown as due on said returns and reports have been paid or provision has been made for the payment thereof, and to the best of Global Opportunity Bond’s knowledge, no such return is currently under audit and no assessment has been asserted with respect to any such return;

 

(k)           For each taxable year since its inception, Global Opportunity Bond has met all the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code for qualification and treatment as a “regulated investment company” and neither the execution or delivery of nor the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will adversely affect, and no other events are reasonably likely to occur which will adversely affect the ability of Global Opportunity Bond to continue to meet the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code;

 

(l)            At the Closing Date, Global Opportunity Bond will have good and valid title to the Global Opportunity Bond Assets, subject to no liens (other than the obligation, if any, to pay the purchase price of portfolio securities purchased by Global Opportunity Bond which have not settled prior to the Closing Date), security interests or other encumbrances, and full right, power and authority to assign, deliver and otherwise transfer such assets hereunder, and upon delivery and payment for such assets, Emerging Markets Debt will acquire good and marketable title thereto, subject to no restrictions on the full transfer thereof, including any restrictions as might arise under the 1933 Act;

 

(m)          On the effective date of the Registration Statement, at the time of the meeting of Global Opportunity Bond’s stockholders and on the Closing Date, the Proxy Materials (exclusive of the currently effective Emerging Markets Debt Prospectus contained therein) will (i) comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder and (ii) not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  Any other information furnished by Global Opportunity Bond for use in the Registration Statement or in any other manner that may be necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be accurate and complete and shall comply in all material respects with applicable federal securities and other laws and regulations thereunder;

 



 

(n)           Global Opportunity Bond will, on or prior to the Valuation Date, declare one or more dividends or other distributions to stockholders that, together with all previous dividends and other distributions to stockholders, shall have the effect of distributing to the stockholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, if any, through the Valuation Date (computed without regard to any deduction for dividends paid);

 

(o)           Global Opportunity Bond has maintained or has caused to be maintained on its behalf all books and accounts as required of a registered investment company in compliance with the requirements of Section 31 of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder; and

 

(p)           Global Opportunity Bond is not acquiring Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be issued hereunder for the purpose of making any distribution thereof other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND

 

The obligations of Global Opportunity Bond to consummate the transactions provided for herein shall be subject, at its election, to the performance by Emerging Markets Debt of all the obligations to be performed by it hereunder on or before the Closing Date and, in addition thereto, the following conditions:

 

6.1           All representations and warranties of Emerging Markets Debt contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and, except as they may be affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date;

 

6.2           Emerging Markets Debt shall have delivered to Global Opportunity Bond a certificate of its President and Treasurer, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Global Opportunity Bond and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the representations and warranties of Emerging Markets Debt made in this Agreement are true and correct at and as of the Closing Date, except as they may be affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and as to such other matters as Global Opportunity Bond shall reasonably request;

 

6.3           Global Opportunity Bond shall have received a favorable opinion from Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel to Emerging Markets Debt, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that:

 

(a)           Emerging Markets Debt is a validly existing Maryland corporation, and has the power to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted (Maryland counsel may be relied upon in delivering such opinion); (b) Emerging Markets Debt is a duly registered, closed-end management investment company, and its registration with the Commission as an investment company under the 1940 Act is in full force and effect; (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Emerging Markets Debt and, assuming that the Registration Statement complies with the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act and regulations thereunder and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by Global Opportunity Bond, is a valid and binding obligation of Emerging Markets Debt enforceable against Emerging Markets Debt in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; (d) Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be issued to Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond as provided by this Agreement are duly authorized and upon such delivery will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and no stockholder of Emerging Markets Debt has any preemptive rights to subscription or purchase in respect thereof (Maryland counsel may be relied upon in delivering such opinion); (e) the execution and delivery of this Agreement did not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, violate Emerging Markets Debt’s Article of Incorporation or By-Laws; and (f) to the knowledge of such counsel, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority of the United States or any state is required for the consummation by Emerging Markets Debt of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act and such as may be required under state securities laws; and

 



 

6.4           As of the Closing Date, there shall have been no material change in the investment objectives, policies and restrictions nor any increase in the investment advisory fees from those described in Emerging Markets Debt’s Annual Report dated December 31, 2008 and Statement of Additional Information dated December 31, 2008.

 

7.             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF EMERGING MARKETS DEBT

 

The obligations of Emerging Markets Debt to complete the transactions provided for herein shall be subject, at its election, to the performance by Global Opportunity Bond of all the obligations to be performed by it hereunder on or before the Closing Date and, in addition thereto, the following conditions:

 

7.1           All representations and warranties of Global Opportunity Bond contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and, except as they may be affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date;

 

7.2           Global Opportunity Bond shall have delivered to Emerging Markets Debt at the Closing a certificate of its President and its Treasurer, in form and substance satisfactory to Emerging Markets Debt and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the representations and warranties of Global Opportunity Bond made in this Agreement are true and correct at and as of the Closing Date, except as they may be affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and as to such other matters as Emerging Markets Debt shall reasonably request;

 

7.3           Global Opportunity Bond shall have delivered to Emerging Markets Debt a statement of the Global Opportunity Bond Assets and its liabilities, together with a list of Global Opportunity Bond’s portfolio securities and other assets showing the respective adjusted bases and holding periods thereof for income tax purposes, as of the Closing Date, certified by the Treasurer of Global Opportunity Bond;

 

7.4           Emerging Markets Debt shall have received at the Closing a favorable opinion from Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel to Global Opportunity Bond, dated as of the Closing Date to the effect that:

 

(a)           Global Opportunity Bond is a validly existing Maryland corporation and has the power to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted (Maryland counsel may be relied upon in delivering such opinion); (b) Global Opportunity Bond is a duly registered, closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and its registration with the Commission as an investment company under the 1940 Act is in full force and effect; (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Global Opportunity Bond and, assuming that the Registration Statement complies with the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by Emerging Markets Debt, is a valid and binding obligation of Global Opportunity Bond enforceable against Global Opportunity Bond in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; (d) the execution and delivery of this Agreement did not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, violate Global Opportunity Bond’s Declaration of Trust or By-Laws; and (e) to the knowledge of such counsel, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority of the United States or any state is required for the consummation by Global Opportunity Bond of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act and such as may be required under state securities laws; and

 

7.5           On the Closing Date, the Global Opportunity Bond Assets shall include no assets that Emerging Markets Debt, by reason of limitations of Emerging Markets Debt’s Charter or otherwise, may not properly acquire.

 

8.             FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF EMERGING MARKETS DEBT AND GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND

 

The obligations of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt hereunder are each subject to the further conditions that on or before the Closing Date:

 



 

8.1           This Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall have been approved by the requisite vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of Global Opportunity Bond in accordance with the provisions of Global Opportunity Bond’s Declaration of Trust, and certified copies of the resolutions evidencing such approval shall have been delivered to Emerging Markets Debt;

 

8.2           On the Closing Date, no action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending before any court or governmental agency in which it is sought to restrain or prohibit, or obtain damages or other relief in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein;

 

8.3           All consents of other parties and all other consents, orders and permits of federal, state and local regulatory authorities (including those of the Commission and of state Blue Sky and securities authorities, including “no-action” positions of and exemptive orders from such federal and state authorities) deemed necessary by Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond to permit consummation, in all material respects, of the transactions contemplated herein shall have been obtained, except where failure to obtain any such consent, order or permit would not involve risk of a material adverse effect on the assets or properties of Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond;

 

8.4           The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the 1933 Act, no stop orders suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and, to the best knowledge of the parties hereto, no investigation or proceeding for that purpose shall have been instituted or be pending, threatened or contemplated under the 1933 Act;

 

8.5           Global Opportunity Bond shall have declared and paid a dividend or dividends and/or other distribution or distributions that, together with all previous such dividends or distributions, shall have the effect of distributing to the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond substantially all of Global Opportunity Bond’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to any deduction for dividends paid) and substantially all of its net capital gain (after reduction for any capital loss carry-forward and computed without regard to any deduction for dividends paid) for all taxable years ending on or before the Closing Date; and

 

8.6           The parties shall have received the opinion of the law firm of Clifford Chance US LLP (based on such representations as such law firm shall reasonably request), addressed to Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond, which opinion shall not be a “covered opinion” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Circular 230 and may be relied upon by the stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond (but solely to the extent consistent with such opinion not being a “covered opinion”), substantially to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes:

 

(a)           The transfer of Global Opportunity Bond’s assets in exchange for Emerging Markets Debt Shares and the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of certain stated liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond followed by the distribution by Global Opportunity Bond of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond in exchange for their Global Opportunity Bond shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Reorganization Agreement will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(C) of the Code, and Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt will each be a “party to a reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code;

 

(b)           No gain or loss will be recognized by Emerging Markets Debt upon the receipt of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond solely in exchange for Emerging Markets Debt Shares and the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of the stated liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond;

 

(c)           No gain or loss will be recognized by Global Opportunity Bond upon the transfer of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond to Emerging Markets Debt in exchange for Emerging Markets Debt Shares and the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of the stated liabilities or upon the distribution of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond in exchange for their Global Opportunity Bond shares;

 

(d)           No gain or loss will be recognized by the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond upon the exchange of the Global Opportunity Bond shares for Emerging Markets Debt Shares;

 



 

(e)           The aggregate tax basis for Emerging Markets Debt Shares received by each Global Opportunity Bond Stockholder pursuant to the Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Global Opportunity Bond shares held by each such Global Opportunity Bond Stockholder immediately prior to the Reorganization;

 

(f)            The holding period of Emerging Markets Debt Shares to be received by each Global Opportunity Bond Stockholder will include the period during which the Global Opportunity Bond shares surrendered in exchange therefor were held (provided such Global Opportunity Bond shares were held as capital assets on the date of the Reorganization);

 

(g)           The tax basis of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond acquired by Emerging Markets Debt will be the same as the tax basis of such assets to Global Opportunity Bond immediately prior to the Reorganization; and

 

(h)           The holding period of the assets of Global Opportunity Bond in the hands of Emerging Markets Debt will include the period during which those assets were held by Global Opportunity Bond.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Emerging Markets Debt nor Global Opportunity Bond may waive the conditions set forth in this paragraph 8.7.

 

9.             FEES AND EXPENSES

 

9.1           (a)           [Emerging Markets Debt shall bear its expenses incurred in connection with the entering into, and carrying out of, the provisions of this Agreement, including legal, accounting, Commission registration fees and Blue Sky expenses.  Global Opportunity Bond shall bear its expenses incurred in connection with the entering into and carrying out of the provisions of this Agreement, including legal and accounting fees, printing, filing and proxy solicitation expenses and portfolio transfer taxes (if any) incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.]

 

(b)           In the event the transactions contemplated herein are not consummated by reason of Global Opportunity Bond being either unwilling or unable to go forward (other than by reason of the non-fulfillment or failure of any condition to Global Opportunity Bond’s obligations specified in this Agreement), Global Opportunity Bond’s only obligation hereunder shall be to reimburse Emerging Markets Debt for all reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Emerging Markets Debt in connection with those transactions.

 

(c)           In the event the transactions contemplated herein are not consummated by reason of Emerging Markets Debt being either unwilling or unable to go forward (other than by reason of the non-fulfillment or failure of any condition to Emerging Markets Debt’s obligations specified in this Agreement), Emerging Markets Debt’s only obligation hereunder shall be to reimburse Global Opportunity Bond for all reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Global Opportunity Bond in connection with those transactions.

 

10.           ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES

 

10.1         This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties.

 

10.2         The representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, except that the representations, warranties and covenants of Global Opportunity Bond hereunder shall not survive the dissolution and complete liquidation of Global Opportunity Bond in accordance with Section 1.9.

 

11.           TERMINATION

 

11.1         This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

 



 

(a)           by the mutual written consent of Global Opportunity Bond and Emerging Markets Debt;

 

(b)           by either Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond by notice to the other, without liability to the terminating party on account of such termination (providing the terminating party is not otherwise in material default or breach of this Agreement), if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before May 18, 2010; or

 

(c)           by either Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond, in writing without liability to the terminating party on account of such termination (provided the terminating party is not otherwise in material default or breach of this Agreement), if (i) the other party shall fail to perform in any material respect its agreements contained herein required to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) the other party materially breaches any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained herein, (iii) the Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond fail to approve this Agreement at any meeting called for such purpose at which a quorum was present or (iv) any other condition herein expressed to be precedent to the obligations of the terminating party has not been met and it reasonably appears that it will not or cannot be met.

 

11.2         (a)           Termination of this Agreement pursuant to paragraphs 11.1(a) or (b) shall terminate all obligations of the parties hereunder and there shall be no liability for damages on the part of Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond, or the Directors or officers of Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond, to any other party or its Directors or officers.

 

(b)           Termination of this Agreement pursuant to paragraph 11.1(c) shall terminate all obligations of the parties hereunder and there shall be no liability for damages on the part of Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond, or the Directors or officers of Emerging Markets Debt or Global Opportunity Bond, except that any party in breach of this Agreement shall, upon demand, reimburse the non-breaching party for all reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including legal, accounting and filing fees.

 

12.           AMENDMENTS

 

This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented in such manner as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties.

 

13.           MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1         The article and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

13.2         This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

13.3         This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

13.4         This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, but no assignment or transfer hereof or of any rights or obligations hereunder shall be made by any party without the written consent of the other party.  Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

13.5         The obligations and liabilities of Emerging Markets Debt hereunder are solely those of Emerging Markets Debt.  It is expressly agreed that no stockholder, nominee, director, officer, agent, or employee of Emerging Markets Debt shall be personally liable hereunder.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Directors of Emerging Markets Debt and signed by authorized officers of Emerging Markets Debt acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Directors nor such execution and delivery by such officers

 



 

shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally.

 

13.6         The obligations and liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond hereunder are solely those of Global Opportunity Bond.  It is expressly agreed that no stockholder, nominee, director, officer, agent or employee of Global Opportunity Bond shall be personally liable hereunder.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Directors of Global Opportunity Bond and signed by authorized officers of Global Opportunity Bond acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Directors nor such execution and delivery by such officers shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer.

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND FUND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

MORGAN STANLEY EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC.

 

PART B
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) relates to the shares of common stock (“common shares”) of Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc. (“Emerging Markets Debt”) to be issued pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated June 19, 2009, between Emerging Markets Debt and Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc. (“Global Opportunity Bond” and, together with Emerging Markets Debt, the “Funds”) in connection with the acquisition by Emerging Markets Debt of substantially all of the assets and the assumption by Emerging Markets Debt of substantially all of the liabilities of Global Opportunity Bond.  This SAI does not constitute a prospectus.  This SAI does not include all information that a stockholder should consider before voting on the proposal contained in the Proxy Statement and Prospectus, and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the related Proxy Statement and Prospectus, dated [], 2009 (the “Proxy Statement and Prospectus”).  The Proxy Statement and Prospectus has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and may be obtained without charge by mailing a written request to Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc., c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 or by calling (800) 231-2608 (toll-free).  Please retain this document for future reference.

 

The date of this SAI is [], 2009.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

Introduction

B-1

Fund History

B-1

Investment Objectives and Policies

B-1

Investment Restrictions

B-12

Management of the Funds

B-15

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

B-26

Net Asset Value

B-28

Dividends, Distributions and Tax Status

B-28

Code of Ethics

B-33

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

B-34

Financial Statements

B-34

Appendix A Morgan Stanley Investment Management Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

Appendix A-1

 

i



 

INTRODUCTION

 

This SAI is intended to supplement the information provided in the Proxy Statement and Prospectus concerning the Funds.  The Proxy Statement and Prospectus has been sent to Global Opportunity Bond’s stockholders in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Global Opportunity Bond to be voted at the Special Meeting of Stockholders of Global Opportunity Bond to be held on November 18, 2009.  This SAI incorporates by reference, the entire Proxy Statement and Prospectus, the Annual Report of Emerging Markets Debt for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, [the Semi-Annual Report for Emerging Markets Debt for the period ended June 30, 2009] and the Annual Report of Global Opportunity Bond for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

FUND HISTORY

 

Emerging Markets Debt was incorporated in Maryland on May 6, 1993, and is registered as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).  Global Opportunity Bond was incorporated in Maryland on March 31, 1994, and is registered as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

 

General

 

The Funds are non-diversified, closed-end management investment companies.  The primary investment objective of the Funds is to produce high current income, with a secondary investment objective of capital appreciation. The Funds are designed primarily for long-term investment and investors should not consider any Fund to be a short-term trading vehicle.  As with all investment companies, there can be no assurance that each Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

 

Under normal market circumstances, Emerging Markets Debt invests at least 80% of its assets in debt securities of government and government related issuers located in emerging countries, entities organized to restructure outstanding debt of such issuers and debt securities of corporate issuers located in or organized under the laws of emerging countries.  Emerging Markets Debt seeks to achieve its objective by investing at least 65% of its total assets in debt securities of government and government-related issuers located in emerging market countries (including participations in loans between governments and financial institutions), and of entities organized to restructure outstanding debt of such issuers.  In addition, Emerging Markets Debt may invest up to 35% of its total assets in debt securities of corporate issuers located in or organized under the laws of emerging countries.

 

Global Opportunity Bond seeks to achieve its investment objective through investments primarily in high yield bonds of issuers located throughout the world, including U.S. issuers and issuers in emerging countries.  Under normal market circumstances, Global Opportunity Bond invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds.  Global Opportunity Bond invests at least 65% of its total assets in high yield bonds.  Global Opportunity Bond may also invest up to 35% of its total assets in high yielding fixed income equity instruments such as preferred stock.  Global Opportunity Bond allocates its assets among three types of investments: (i) high yield non-investment grade bonds of U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers, (ii) emerging country bonds and (iii) high yield investment grade bonds of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including corporations, trusts, partnerships, government and government-related entities and supranational entities.

 

Each Fund’s investment objectives (and each Fund’s investment restrictions set forth below under “Investment Restrictions”) are fundamental policies of the Fund and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities,” which means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the common shares of the Fund represented at a meeting of stockholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common shares of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, and (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding common shares of the Fund.  Each Fund’s other investment policies described below, except as set forth under “Investment Restrictions,” are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Fund without stockholder approval.

 

B-1



 

Investment Strategies and Risks

 

Derivatives.  Each Fund may, but is not required to, use various derivatives and related investment strategies as described below.  Derivatives may be used for a variety of purposes including hedging, risk management, portfolio management or to earn income.  Any or all of the investment techniques described herein may be used at any time and there is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique rather than another, as the use of any derivative by the Fund is a function of numerous variables, including market conditions.  Each Fund complies with applicable regulatory requirements when using derivatives, including the segregation of liquid assets when mandated by the Commission rules or Commission staff positions.  Although the Adviser seeks to use derivatives to further each Fund’s investment objective, no assurance can be given that the use of derivatives will achieve this result.

 

Options.  An option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right, but not the obligation, to buy from (in the case of a call option) or sell to (in the case of a put option) the seller of the option (the “option writer”) the underlying security at a specified fixed price (the “exercise price”) prior to a specified date (the “expiration date”).  The buyer of the option pays to the option writer the option premium, which represents the purchase price of the option.

 

Exchange traded options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such option.  OTC options are purchased from or sold to counterparties through direct bilateral agreement between the counterparties.  Certain options, such as options on individual securities, are settled through physical delivery of the underlying security, whereas other options, such as index options, are settled in cash in an amount based on the value of the underlying instrument multiplied by a specified multiplier.

 

Writing Options.  Each Fund may write call and put options.  As the writer of a call option, a Fund receives the premium from the purchaser of the option and has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price.  If the option expires without being exercised the Fund is not required to deliver the underlying security but retains the premium received.

 

Each Fund may only write call options that are “covered.” A call option on a security is covered if (a) the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, such amount is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund; or (b) the Fund has purchased a call on the underlying security, the exercise price of which is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.

 

Selling call options involves the risk that a Fund may be required to sell the underlying security at a disadvantageous price, below the market price of such security, at the time the option is exercised.  As the writer of a covered call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the underlying security covering the option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price but retains the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline.

 

Each Fund may write put options.  As the writer of a put option, the Fund receives the premium from the purchaser of the option and has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to pay the exercise price and receive delivery of the underlying security.  If the option expires without being exercised, a Fund is not required to receive the underlying security in exchange for the exercise price but retains the option premium.

 

Each Fund may only write put options that are “covered.” A put option on a security is covered if (a) the Fund segregates liquid assets equal to the exercise price; or (b) the Fund has purchased a put on the same security as the put written, the exercise price of which is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets.

 

B-2



 

Selling put options involves the risk that the Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price, above the market price of such security, at the time the option is exercised.  While a Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to the premium received plus the interest earned on the liquid assets covering the put option, the Fund’s risks of loss is equal to the entire value of the underlying security, offset only by the amount of the premium received.

 

Each Fund may close out an options position which it has written through a closing purchase transaction.  Each Fund would execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to a call option written by purchasing a call option on the same underlying security and having the same exercise price and expiration date as the call option written by the Fund.  Each Fund would execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to a put option written by purchasing a put option on the same underlying security and having the same exercise price and expiration date as the put option written by the Fund.  A closing purchase transaction may or may not result in a profit to a Fund.  Each Fund could close out its position as an option writer only if a liquid secondary market exists for options of that series and there is no assurance that such a market will exist with respect to any particular option.

 

The writer of a option generally has no control over the time when the option is exercised and the option writer is required to deliver or acquire the underlying security.  Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option.  Thus, the use of options may require a Fund to buy or sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than the current market values of such securities, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment, or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell.

 

Purchasing Options.  Each Fund may purchase call and put options.  As the buyer of a call option, a Fund pays the premium to the option writer and has the right to purchase the underlying security from the option writer at the exercise price.  If the market price of the underlying security rises above the exercise price, a Fund could exercise the option and acquire the underlying security at a below market price, which could result in a gain to the Fund, minus the premium paid.  As the buyer of a put option, a Fund pays the premium to the option writer and has the right to sell the underlying security to the option writer at the exercise price.  If the market price of the underlying security declines below the exercise price, a Fund could exercise the option and sell the underlying security at an above market price, which could result in a gain to a Fund, minus the premium paid.  Each Fund may buy call and put options whether or not it holds the underlying securities.

 

As a buyer of a call or put option, a Fund may sell put or call options that it has purchased at any time prior to such option’s expiration date through a closing sale transaction.  The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security, the underlying security’s dividend policy, and the time remaining until the expiration date.  A closing sale transaction may or may not result in a profit to a Fund.  Each Fund’s ability to initiate a closing sale transaction is dependent upon the liquidity of the options market and there is no assurance that such a market will exist with respect to any particular option.  If a Fund does not exercise or sell an option prior to its expiration date, the option expires and becomes worthless.

 

OTC Options.  Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size and strike price, the terms of OTC options generally are established through negotiation between the parties to the options contract.  This type of arrangement allows the purchaser and writer greater flexibility to tailor the option to their needs.  OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities or baskets of securities, and in a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than exchange traded options.  However, unlike exchange traded options, which are issued and guaranteed by a regulated intermediary, such as the OCC, OTC options are entered into directly with the counterparty.  Unless the counterparties provide for it, there is no central clearing or guaranty function for an OTC option.  Therefore, OTC options are subject to the risk of default or non-performance by the counterparty.  Accordingly, the Investment Adviser must assess the creditworthiness of the counterparty to determine the likelihood that the terms of the option will be satisfied.  There can be no assurance that a continuous liquid secondary market will exist for any particular OTC option at any specific time.  As a result, the Fund may be unable to enter into closing sale transactions with respect to OTC options.

 

B-3



 

Index Options.  Call and put options on indices operate similarly to options on securities.  Rather than the right to buy or sell a single security at a specified price, options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash determined by reference to the value of the underlying index.  The underlying index may be a broad-based index or a narrower market index.  Unlike options on securities, all settlements are in cash.  The settlement amount, which the writer of a index option must pay to the holder of the option upon exercise, is generally equal to the difference between the fixed exercise price of the option and the value of the underlying index, multiplied by a specified multiplier.  The multiplier determines the size of the investment position the option represents.  Gain or loss to the Fund on index options transactions will depend on price movements in the underlying securities market generally or in a particular segment of the market rather than price movements of individual securities.  As with other options, the Fund may close out its position in index options through closing purchase transactions and closing sale transactions provided that a liquid secondary market exists for such options.

 

Index options written by a Fund will generally be covered in a manner similar to the covering of other types of options, by holding an offsetting financial position and/or segregating liquid assets.  Each Fund may cover call options written on an index by owning securities whose price changes, in the opinion of the  Investment Adviser, are expected to correlate to those of the underlying index.

 

Foreign Currency Options.  Options on foreign currencies operate similarly to options on securities.  Rather than the right to buy or sell a single security at a specified price, options on foreign currencies give the holder the right to buy or sell foreign currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars.  Options on foreign currencies are traded primarily in the OTC market, but may also be traded on United States and foreign exchanges.  The value of a foreign currency option is dependent upon the value of the underlying foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar.  The price of the option may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies and has no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security.  Options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors which influence foreign exchange rates and foreign investment generally.  As with other options, the Fund may close out its position in foreign currency options through closing purchase transactions and closing sale transactions provided that a liquid secondary market exists for such options.

 

Foreign currency options written by the Fund will generally be covered in a manner similar to the covering of other types of options, by holding an offsetting financial position and/or segregating liquid assets.

 

Additional Risks of Options Transactions.  The risks associated with options transactions are different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the underlying instruments.  Options are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with other portfolio investments.  The use of options requires an understanding not only of the underlying instrument but also of the option itself.  Options may be subject to the risk factors generally applicable to derivatives transactions described herein, and may also be subject to certain additional risk factors, including:

 

·                                          The exercise of options written or purchased by a Fund could cause the Fund to sell portfolio securities, thus increasing the Fund’s portfolio turnover.

 

·                                          Each Fund pays brokerage commissions each time it writes or purchases an option or buys or sells an underlying security in connection with the exercise of an option.  Such brokerage commissions could be higher relative to the commissions for direct purchases of sales of the underlying securities.

 

·                                          Each Fund’s options transactions may be limited by limitations on options positions established by the exchanges on which such options are traded.

 

·                                          The hours of trading for exchange listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying securities are traded.  To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying securities that cannot be reflected in the options markets.

 

B-4



 

·                                          Index options based upon a narrower index of securities may present greater risks than options based on broad market indexes, as narrower indexes are more susceptible to rapid and extreme fluctuations as a result of changes in the values of a small number of securities.

 

·                                          Each Fund is subject to the risk of market movements between the time that an option is exercised and the time of performance thereunder, which could increase the extent of any losses suffered by the Fund in connection with options transactions.

 

Futures Contracts.  A futures contract is a standardized agreement between two parties to buy or sell a specific quantity of a commodity at a specific price at a specific future time (the “settlement date”).  Futures contracts may be based on a specified equity security (securities futures), a specified debt security or reference rate (interest rate futures), the value of a specified securities index (index futures) or the value of a foreign currency (forward contracts and currency futures).  The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of the underlying instrument.  The buyer of a futures contract agrees to purchase the underlying instrument on the settlement date and is said to be “long” the contract.  The seller of a futures contract agrees to sell the underlying instrument on the settlement date and is said to be “short” the contract.  Futures contracts differ from options in that they are bilateral agreements, with both the purchaser and the seller equally obligated to complete the transaction.  Futures contracts call for settlement only on the expiration date and cannot be “exercised” at any other time during their term.

 

Depending on the terms of the particular contract, futures contracts are settled through either physical delivery of the underlying instrument on the settlement date (such as in the case of securities futures and interest rate futures based on a specified debt security) or by payment of a cash settlement amount on the settlement date (such as in the case of futures contracts relating to interest rates, foreign currencies and broad-based securities indexes).  In the case of cash settled futures contracts, the settlement amount is equal to the difference between the reference instrument’s price on the last trading day of the contract and the reference instrument’s price at the time the contract was entered into.  Most futures contracts, particularly futures contracts requiring physical delivery, are not held until the settlement date, but instead are offset before the settlement date through the establishment of an opposite and equal futures position (buying a contract that had been sold, or selling a contract that had been purchased).  All futures transactions (except currency forward contracts) are effected through a clearinghouse associated with the exchange on which the futures are traded.

 

The buyer and seller of a futures contract are not required to deliver or pay for the underlying commodity unless the contract is held until the settlement date.  However, both the buyer and seller are required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures commodities merchant when the futures contract is entered into.  Initial margin deposits are typically calculated as a percentage of the contract’s market value.  If the value of either party’s position declines, the party will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to settle the change in value on a daily basis.  The process is known as “marking-to-market.” Upon the closing of a futures position through the establishment of an offsetting position, a final determination of variation margin will be made and additional cash will be paid by or released to the Fund.

 

In addition, a Fund may be required to maintain segregated liquid assets in order to cover futures transactions.  The Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of a futures contract entered into by a Fund and the aggregate value of the initial and variation margin payments made by the Fund with respect to such contract or as otherwise permitted by Commission rules or Commission staff positions.  See “Regulatory Matters” below.

 

Currency Forward Contracts and Currency Futures.  A foreign currency forward contract is a negotiated agreement between two parties to exchange specified amounts of two or more currencies at a specified future time at a specified rate.  The rate specified by the forward contract can be higher or lower than the spot rate between the currencies that are the subject of the contract.  Settlement of a foreign currency forward contract for the purchase of most currencies typically must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation.  Currency futures are similar to currency forward contracts, except that they are traded on an exchange and standardized as to contract size and delivery date.  Most currency futures call for payment or delivery in U.S. dollars.  Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in losses to the Fund and poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not entered

 

B-5



 

into forward contracts.  Each Fund may enter into forward contracts under various circumstances.  The typical use of a forward contract is to “lock in” the price of a security in U.S. dollars or some other foreign currency, which the Fund is holding in its portfolio.  By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars or other currency, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transactions, a Fund may be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar or other currency which is being used for the security purchase and the foreign currency in which the security is denominated during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.  The Investment Adviser also may from time to time utilize forward contracts for other purposes.  For example, they may be used to hedge a foreign security held in the portfolio or a security which pays out principal tied to an exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency, against a decline in value of the applicable foreign currency.  They also may be used to lock in the current exchange rate of the currency in which those securities anticipated to be purchased are denominated.  At times, a Fund may enter into “cross-currency” hedging transactions involving currencies other than those in which securities are held or proposed to be purchased are denominated.

 

Each Fund will not enter into forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to these contracts where the consummation of the contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

When required by law, a Fund will cause its custodian bank to earmark cash, U.S. government securities or other appropriate liquid portfolio securities in an amount equal to the value of a Fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of forward contracts entered into under the circumstances set forth above.  If the value of the securities so earmarked declines, additional cash or securities will be earmarked on a daily basis so that the value of such securities will equal the amount of a Fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

 

Each Fund may be limited in its ability to enter into hedging transactions involving forward contracts by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), requirements relating to qualification as a regulated investment company.

 

Forward contracts may limit gains on portfolio securities that could otherwise be realized had they not been utilized and could result in losses.  The contracts also may increase a Fund’s volatility and may involve a significant amount of risk relative to the investment of cash.

 

Options on Futures Contracts.  Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that options on futures contracts give the purchasers the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position in the case of a call option and a short position in the case of a put option) at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option.  Upon exercise of the option, the parties will be subject to all of the risks associated with futures transactions and subject to margin requirements.  As the writer of options on futures contracts, the Fund would also be subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.

 

Options on futures contracts written by a Fund will generally be covered in a manner similar to the covering of other types of options, by holding an offsetting financial position and/or segregating liquid assets.  The Fund may cover an option on a futures contract by purchasing or selling the underlying futures contract.  In such instances the exercise of the option will serve to close out the Fund’s futures position.

 

Additional Risk of Futures Transactions.  The risks associated with futures contract transactions are different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the underlying instruments.  Futures are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with other portfolio investments.  The use of futures requires an understanding not only of the underlying instrument but also of the futures contract itself.  Futures may be subject to the risk factors generally applicable to derivatives transactions described herein, and may also be subject to certain additional risk factors, including:

 

·                                          The risk of loss in buying and selling futures contracts can be substantial.  Small price movements in the commodity underlying a futures position may result in immediate and substantial loss (or gain) to a Fund.

 

B-6



 

·                                          Buying and selling futures contracts may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the position in the form of initial margin.  In the event of adverse price movements in the underlying commodity, security, index, currency or instrument, a Fund would be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. Each Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, or make or take delivery of the underlying securities in order to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.  The Fund could lose margin payments deposited with a futures commodities merchant if the futures commodities merchant breaches its agreement with a Fund, becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

 

·                                          Most exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during any single trading day.  Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at prices beyond that limit.  If futures contract prices were to move to the daily limit for several trading days with little or no trading, a Fund could be prevented from prompt liquidation of a futures position and subject to substantial losses.  The daily limit governs only price movements during a single trading day and therefore does not limit the Fund’s potential losses.

 

·                                          Index futures based upon a narrower index of securities may present greater risks than futures based on broad market indexes, as narrower indexes are more susceptible to rapid and extreme fluctuations as a result of changes in value of a small number of securities.

 

Swap Contracts and Related Derivative Instruments.  A swap contract is an agreement between two parties pursuant to which the parties exchange payments at specified dates on the basis of a specified notional amount, with the payments calculated by reference to specified securities, indexes, reference rates, currencies or other instruments.  Most swap agreements provide that when the period payment dates for both parties are the same, the payments are made on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with only the net amount paid by one party to the other).  Each Fund’s obligations or rights under a swap contract entered into on a net basis will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement, based on the relative values of the positions held by each counterparty.  Swap agreements are not entered into or traded on exchanges and there is no central clearing or guaranty function for swaps.  Therefore, swaps are subject to the risk of default or non-performance by the counterparty.  Accordingly, the Adviser must assess the creditworthiness of the counterparty to determine the likelihood that the terms of the swap will be satisfied.

 

Swap agreements allow for a wide variety of transactions.  For example, fixed rate payments may be exchanged for floating rate payments, U.S. dollar denominated payments may be exchanged for payments denominated in foreign currencies, and payments tied to the price of one security, index, reference rate, currency or other instrument may be exchanged for payments tied to the price of a different security, index, reference rate, currency or other instrument.  Swap contracts are typically individually negotiated and structured to provide exposure to a variety of particular types of investments or market factors.  Swap contracts can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names.  To the extent consistent with a Fund’s investment objectives and policies, a Fund is not limited to any particular form or variety of swap contract. Each Fund may utilize swaps to increase or decrease its exposure to the underlying instrument, reference rate, foreign currency, market index or other asset.  The Fund may also enter into related derivative instruments including caps, floors and collars.

 

Each Fund may be required to cover swap transactions.  Obligations under swap agreements entered into on a net basis are generally accrued daily and any accrued but unpaid amounts owed by the Fund to the swap counterparty will be covered by segregating liquid assets.  If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, the Fund will segregate liquid assets with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement.

 

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars.  Interest rate swaps consist of an agreement between two parties to exchange their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments).  Interest rate swaps are generally entered into on a net basis.  Interest rate swaps do not involved the delivery of securities, other underlying assets, or principal.  Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and total rate of return swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make.

 

B-7



 

Each Fund may also buy or sell interest rate caps, floors and collars.  The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a specified notional amount from the party selling the interest rate cap.  The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a specified notional amount from the party selling the interest rate floor.  A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rate of values.  Caps, floors and collars may be less liquid that other types of swaps.  If a Fund sells caps, floors and collars, it will segregate liquid assets with a value equal to the full amount, accrued daily, of the Fund’s net obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars.

 

Index Swaps.  An index swap consists of an agreement between two parties in which a party exchanges a cash flow based on a notional amount of a reference index for a cash flow based on a different index or on another specified instrument or reference rate.  Index swaps are generally entered into on a net basis.

 

Currency Swaps.  A currency swap consists of an agreement between two parties to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on the relative value differential among them, such as exchanging a right to receive a payment in foreign currency for the right to receive U.S. dollars.  Currency swap agreements may be entered into on a net basis or may involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the entire principal value of another designated currency.  In such cases, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the counterparty will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

 

Credit Default Swaps.  A credit default swap consists of an agreement between two parties in which the “buyer” agrees to pay to the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract and the seller agrees to pay the buyer the par value (or other agreed-upon value) of a referenced debt obligation upon the occurrence of a credit event with respect to the issuer of the referenced debt obligation.  Generally, a credit event means bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation acceleration or modified restructuring.  Each Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap.  As the buyer in a credit default swap, a Fund would pay to the counterparty the periodic stream of payments.  If no default occurs, the Fund would receive no benefit from the contract.  As the seller in a credit default swap, a Fund would receive the stream of payments but would be subject to exposure on the notional amount of the swap, which it would be required to pay in the event of default.  Each Fund will generally segregate liquid assets to cover any potential obligation under a credit default swap sold by the Fund.  The use of credit default swaps could result in losses to the Fund if the Adviser fails to correctly evaluate the creditworthiness of the issuer of the referenced debt obligation.

 

Swaptions.  An option on a swap agreement, also called a “swaption,” is an option that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a swap on a future date in exchange for paying a market based “premium.” A receiver swaption gives the owner the right to receive the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index.  A payer swaption gives the owner the right to pay the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index.  Swaptions also include options that allow an existing swap to be terminated or extended by one of the counterparties.

 

General Risks of Swaps.  The risks associated with swap transactions are different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the underlying instruments.  Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with other portfolio investments.  The use of swaps requires an understanding not only of the underlying instrument but also of the swap contract itself.  Swap transactions may be subject to the risk factors generally applicable to derivatives transactions described above, and may also be subject to certain additional risk factors, including:

 

·                                          Swap agreements are not traded on exchanges and not subject to government regulation like exchange traded derivatives.  As a result, parties to a swap agreement are not protected by such government regulations as participants in transactions in derivatives traded on organized exchanges.

 

B-8



 

·                                          In addition to the risk of default by the counterparty, if the creditworthiness of a counterparty to a swap agreement declines, the value of the swap agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

 

·                                          The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated.  It is possible that further developments in the swaps market, including potential governmental regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to utilize swaps, terminate existing swap agreements or realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

 

Structured Investments. Each Fund also may invest a portion of their assets in structured notes and other types of structured investments (referred to collectively as “structured products”).  A structured note is a derivative security for which the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments is based on the movement of one or more “factors.” These factors include, but are not limited to, currency exchange rates, interest rates (such as the prime lending rate or LIBOR), referenced bonds and stock indices.  Some of these factors may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying instruments referenced in such notes.  The cash flow or rate of return on a structured note may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the referenced factor.  Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique.  Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss.  As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the referenced factor could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured note.

 

Investments in structured notes involve risks including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk.  Where a Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds and stock indices, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations.  Additionally, changes in the reference factor may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference factor may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity.  Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference factor underlying the note.

 

Generally, structured investments are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities.  These investment entities may be structured as trusts or other types of pooled investment vehicles.  This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments.  The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions.  Each Fund may have the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured investment, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer.  Holders of structured investments bear risks of the underlying investment and are subject to counterparty risk.  While certain structured investment vehicles enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured investment vehicles generally pay their share of the investment vehicle’s administrative and other expenses.

 

Certain structured investments may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market and may have the effect of increasing a Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that such Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified buyers for these securities.

 

Combined Transactions.  Combined transactions involve entering into multiple derivatives transactions (such as multiple options transactions, including purchasing and writing options in combination with each other; multiple futures transactions; and combinations of options, futures, forward and swap transactions) instead of a single derivatives transaction in order to customize the risk and return characteristics of the overall position.  Combined transactions typically contain elements of risk that are present in each of the component transactions.  Each Fund may enter into a combined transaction instead of a single derivatives transaction when, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, it is in the best interest of the Fund to do so.  Because combined transactions involve multiple transactions, they may result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to close out.

 

B-9



 

Regulatory Matters.  As described herein, each Fund may be required to cover its potential economic exposure to certain derivatives transactions by holding an offsetting financial position and/or segregating liquid assets equal in value to the Fund’s potential economic exposure under the transaction.  Each Fund will cover such transactions as described herein or in such other manner as may be in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.  Assets used to cover derivatives transactions cannot be sold while the derivatives position is open, unless they are replaced by other appropriate assets.  Segregated liquid assets and assets held in margin accounts are not otherwise available to a Fund for investment purposes.  If a large portion of a Fund’s assets are used to cover derivatives transactions or are otherwise segregated, it could affect portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.  With respect to derivatives which are cash-settled (i.e., have no physical delivery requirement), a Fund is permitted to set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., a Fund’s daily net liability) under the derivative, if any, rather than the derivative’s full notional value or the market value of the instrument underlying the derivative, as applicable.  By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled derivatives, the Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if a Fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional amount of the derivative or the market value of the underlying instrument, as applicable.

 

Each of the exchanges and other trading facilitates on which options are traded has established limitations on the maximum number of put or call options on a given underlying security that may be written by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written on different exchanges or through one or more brokers.  These position limits may restrict the number of listed options which a Fund may write.  Option positions of all investment companies advised by the Investment Adviser are combined for purposes of these limits.  An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits and may impose certain other sanctions or restrictions.

 

Each Fund’s use of derivatives may be limited by the requirements of the Code, for qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

The CFTC eliminated limitations on futures trading by certain regulated entities, including registered investment companies, and consequently registered investment companies may engage in unlimited futures transactions and options thereon provided that the investment adviser to the company claims an exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator.  In connection with its management of a Fund, the Adviser has claimed such an exclusion from registration as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”).  Therefore, it is not subject to the registration and regulatory requirements of the CEA.  Therefore, there are no limitations on the extent to which a Fund may engage in non-hedging transactions involving futures and options thereon except as set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus or SAI.  There is no overall limitation on the percentage of the Fund’s net assets which may be subject to a hedge position.

 

Other Investments

 

Private Placements and Restricted Securities.  The Funds may invest in securities which are subject to restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or which are otherwise not readily marketable.  (Securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and determined to be liquid pursuant to the procedures discussed in the following paragraph, are not subject to the foregoing restriction.)  These securities are generally referred to as private placements or restricted securities.  Limitations on the resale of these securities may have an adverse effect on their marketability, and may prevent the Fund from disposing of them promptly at reasonable prices.  The Fund may have to bear the expense of registering the securities for resale and the risk of substantial delays in effecting the registration.

 

Rule 144A permits a Fund to sell restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers without limitation.  The Adviser, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Directors, will make a determination as to the liquidity of each restricted security purchased by the Fund.  If a restricted security is determined to be “liquid,” the security will not be included within the category “illiquid securities.”  However, investing in Rule 144A securities could have the effect of increasing the level of Fund illiquidity to the extent a Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified institutional buyers interested in purchasing such securities.

 

B-10



 

Warrants.  Each Fund may invest in equity linked securities or equity linked instruments such as warrants. Warrants give holders the right, but not the obligation, to buy common stock or fixed income securities of an issuer at a given price, usually higher than the market price at the time of issuance, during a specified period.  Warrants are usually freely transferable. The risk of investing in a warrant is that the warrant may expire prior to the market value of the underlying security exceeding the price fixed by the warrant. The leveraging effect of investment in warrants and the volatility of warrant prices make the risk attached to the investment in warrants higher than in the case of investment in equities.

 

Purchasing warrants would entitle a Fund, upon exercise of the warrant, to receive any appreciation in the market price of the underlying security over approximately the market price at the time of purchase.  Warrants are exercisable over specified periods, have no rights, pay no dividends and have no rights with respect to the corporations issuing them.

 

Repurchase Agreements.  Each Fund may invest in repurchase agreements.  When cash may be available for only a few days, it may be invested by Global Opportunity Bond in repurchase agreements until such time as it may otherwise be invested or used for payments of obligations of Global Opportunity Bond.  These agreements, which may be viewed as a type of secured lending by Global Opportunity Bond, typically involve the acquisition by Global Opportunity Bond of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer.  The agreement provides that Global Opportunity Bond will sell back to the institution, and that the institution will repurchase, the underlying security serving as collateral at a specified price and at a fixed time in the future, usually not more than seven days from the date of purchase.  The collateral will be marked-to-market daily to determine that the value of the collateral, as specified in the agreement, does not decrease below the purchase price plus accrued interest.  If such decrease occurs, additional collateral will be requested and, when received, added to the account to maintain full collateralization.  Global Opportunity Bond will accrue interest from the institution until the time when the repurchase is to occur.  Although this date is deemed by the Fund to be the maturity date of a repurchase agreement, the maturities of securities subject to repurchase agreements are not subject to any limits.

 

While repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities, Global Opportunity Bond follows procedures approved by the Directors that are designed to minimize such risks.  These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with large, well-capitalized and well-established financial institutions whose financial condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser.  In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement.  In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, Global Opportunity Bond will seek to liquidate such collateral.  However, the exercising of Global Opportunity Bond’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, Global Opportunity Bond could suffer a loss.

 

Brady Bonds.  The Funds may invest in Brady Bonds.  Brady Bonds are emerging market securities.  They are created by exchanging existing commercial bank loans to foreign entities for new obligations for the purpose of restructuring the issuers’ debts under a plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the Brady Plan). Brady Bonds have been issued fairly recently, and, accordingly, do not have a long payment history.  They may be collateralized or uncollateralized and issued in various currencies (although most are dollar-denominated). They are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market.  Each Fund will only invest in Brady Bonds consistent with quality specifications.

 

Dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds.  These Brady Bonds are generally collateralized in full as to principal due at maturity by U.S. Treasury Zero Coupon Obligations having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds.  Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of rolling interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s rolling interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter.  Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized.

 

B-11



 

Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). In the event of a default with respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury Zero Coupon Obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed.  The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course.  In light of the residual risk of the Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of default with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds generally are viewed as speculative.

 

Convertible Securities. Each Fund may invest in securities which are convertible into common stock or other securities of the same or a different issuer or into cash within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula.  Convertible securities are generally fixed-income securities (but may include preferred stock) and generally rank senior to common stocks in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock.  The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (its value as if it did not have a conversion privilege), and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth if it were to be exchanged for the underlying security, at market value, pursuant to its conversion privilege).

 

To the extent that a convertible security’s investment value is greater than its conversion value, its price will be primarily a reflection of such investment value and its price will be likely to increase when interest rates fall and decrease when interest rates rise, as with a fixed-income security (the credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s value).  If the conversion value exceeds the investment value, the price of the convertible security will rise above its investment value and, in addition, will sell at some premium over its conversion value.  (This premium represents the price investors are willing to pay for the privilege of purchasing a fixed-income security with a possibility of capital appreciation due to the conversion privilege.)  At such times the price of the convertible security will tend to fluctuate directly with the price of the underlying equity security. Convertible securities may be purchased by a Fund at varying price levels above their investment values and/or their conversion values in keeping with the Fund’s objective.

 

Each Fund may invest in convertible securities that are below investment grade. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly known as “junk bonds.”  Although each Fund selects these securities primarily on the basis of their equity characteristics, investors should be aware that convertible securities rated in these categories are considered high risk securities; the rating agencies consider them speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make timely payments of interest and principal.  Thus, to the extent that such convertible securities are acquired by a Fund, there is a greater risk as to the timely repayment of the principal of, and timely payment of interest or dividends on, such securities than in the case of higher-rated convertible securities.

 

Inverse Floaters.  Each Fund may invest in inverse floaters.  Investments in inverse floaters are subject to certain risks.  Like most other fixed-income securities, the value of inverse floaters will decrease as interest rates increase.  They are more volatile, however, than most other fixed-income securities because the coupon rate on an inverse floater typically changes at a multiple of the change in the relevant index rate.  Thus, any rise in the index rate (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a corresponding greater drop in the coupon rate of an inverse floater while a drop in the index rate causes a correspondingly greater increase in the coupon of an inverse floater.  Some inverse floaters may also increase or decrease substantially because of changes in the rate of prepayments.

 

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

 

The restrictions listed below have been adopted by each Fund as fundamental policies.  Under the 1940 Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund.  The 1940 Act defines a majority as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the common shares represented at a meeting of stockholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common shares are present or represented by proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding common shares of a Fund.  For purposes of the following restrictions:  (i) all percentage limitations apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment, and

 

B-12



 

(ii) any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in total or net assets does not require elimination of any security from the portfolio, except in the case of borrowing and investments in illiquid securities.

 

Also, if a Fund receives from an issuer of securities held by the Fund subscription rights to purchase securities of that issuer, and if the Fund exercises such subscription rights at a time when the Fund’s portfolio holdings of securities of that issuer would otherwise exceed the limits set forth below, it will not constitute a violation if, prior to receipt of securities upon exercise of such rights, and after announcement of such rights, the Fund has sold at least as many securities of the same class and value as it would receive on exercise of such rights.

 

As a matter of fundamental policy:

 

1.             Emerging Markets Debt may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in a particular industry (including for this purpose any securities issued by a government other than the U.S. government).

 

2.             Emerging Markets Debt may not make any investment for the purpose of exercising control or management.

 

3.             Emerging Markets Debt may not buy or sell commodities or commodity contracts or real estate or interests in real estate, except that it may purchase and sell futures contracts on stock indices and foreign currencies, securities which are secured by real estate or commodities, and securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate or commodities.

 

4.             Emerging Markets Debt may not make loans, except that the Fund may (i) buy and hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies, (ii) enter into repurchase agreements to the extent permitted under applicable law, and (iii) make loans of portfolio securities.

 

5.             Emerging Markets Debt may not act as an underwriter except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under applicable securities laws.

 

6.             Emerging Markets Debt may issue senior securities or borrow money in an amount not in excess of 331/3% of the Fund’s total assets (not including the amount borrowed).

 

7.             Emerging Markets Debt may purchase securities on margin and engage in short sales of securities.

 

As a matter of fundamental policy:

 

1.             Global Opportunity Bond may not buy or sell commodities or real estate, except that it may purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts and futures contracts on stock indices and foreign currencies, securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate.

 

2.             Global Opportunity Bond may not make loans except that the Fund may (i) purchase bonds in accordance with its investment objectives and policies, (ii) enter into repurchase agreements in accordance with its investment objectives and policies and (iii) lend its portfolio securities so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or interpretations of the Commission thereunder.

 

3.             Global Opportunity Bond may not underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed an underwriter under applicable securities laws.

 

B-13



 

4.             Global Opportunity Bond may not invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company.

 

5.             Global Opportunity Bond may not acquire any securities if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in a particular industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; and provided further that the foregoing restriction will not be deemed to prohibit the Fund from purchasing the securities of any issuer pursuant to the exercise of rights distributed to the Fund by the issuer.

 

6.             Global Opportunity Bond may not issue senior securities or borrow money, except for (a) preferred stock and other senior securities (including borrowing money, including on margin if margin securities are owned, entering into reverse repurchase agreements and entering into similar transactions) not in excess of 331/3% of its total assets and (b) borrowings up to 5% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) for temporary or emergency purposes (including for clearance of transactions, repurchase of its common shares or payment of dividends), without regard to the amount of senior securities outstanding under clause (a) above; provided, however, that the Fund’s obligations under when-issued and delayed delivery transactions and similar transactions and reverse repurchase agreements are not treated as senior securities if covering assets are appropriately segregated, and the use of hedging transactions shall not be deemed to involve the issuance of a “senior security” or a “borrowing.” For purposes of clauses (a) and (b) above, the term “total assets” shall be calculated after giving effect to the net proceeds of senior securities issued by the Fund reduced by any liabilities and indebtedness not constituting senior securities except for such liabilities and indebtedness as are excluded from treatment as senior securities by this item (6).

 

As a matter of operating policy, which may be changed by a Fund’s Board without stockholder vote, the Funds will not purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for clearance of transactions and the maintenance of margin with respect to futures contracts.

 

With respect to Emerging Markets Debt, as a matter of operating policy, which may be changed by the Fund’s Board without stockholder vote, Emerging Markets Debt will not:

 

1.             Issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from lenders and enter into reverse repurchase agreements in an amount not to exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (ii) such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance or settlement of transactions are not considered borrowings or senior securities, and (iii) the Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to the amount of senior securities and borrowings outstanding.  The Fund may pledge its assets to secure such borrowings.

 

Unlike fundamental policies, operating policies of the Funds may be changed by the Directors of the applicable Fund, without a vote of the Fund’s stockholders, if the Directors determine such action is warranted.  Each Fund will notify its stockholders of any change in any of the operating policies set forth above.

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Funds may invest only up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and only up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased.  As a stockholder in any investment company, each Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management, advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested.

 

B-14



 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

 

Board of Directors

 

Each Fund’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) oversees the management of each Fund, but does not itself manage the Funds.  The Directors review various services provided by or under the direction of the Adviser to ensure that each Fund’s general investment policies and programs are properly carried out.  The Directors also conduct their review to ensure that administrative services are provided to the Funds in a satisfactory manner.

 

Under state law, the duties of the Directors are generally characterized as a duty of loyalty and a duty of care.  The duty of loyalty requires a Director to exercise his or her powers in the interest of a Fund and not the Director’s own interest or the interest of another person or organization.  A Director satisfies his or her duty of care by acting in good faith with the care of an ordinarily prudent person and in a manner the Director reasonably believes to be in the best interest of the Funds’ and its stockholders.

 

Directors and Officers

 

The Directors are divided into three classes.  Directors serve for a three-year term and until their successors have been duly elected and qualify.  The Board of each Fund consists of six Directors.  Certain of these individuals also serve as directors or trustees for certain of the funds advised by the Adviser and Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP (the “Institutional Funds”) and by Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc. (the “Retail Funds”).  Nine Directors have no affiliation or business connection with the Adviser or any of its affiliated persons and do not own any stock or other securities issued by the Adviser’s parent company, Morgan Stanley.  These are the “non-interested” or “Independent” Directors.  The other Director (the “Interested Director”) is affiliated with the Adviser.

 

The Independent Directors of the Funds, their age, address, term of office and length of time served, their principal business occupations during the past five years, the number of portfolios in the Fund Complex (defined below) overseen by each Independent Director (effective December 31, 2008) and other directorships, if any, held by the Directors, are shown below.  The Fund Complex includes all open-end and closed-end funds (including all of their portfolios) advised by the Adviser and any funds that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the Adviser (including, but not limited to, Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc.).

 

Name, Age and Address
of Independent Director

 

Position(s)
Held with
Registrant

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Independent
Director

 

Other Directorships
Held by
Independent
Director

Frank L. Bowman (64)
c/o Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
Counsel to the Independent Directors
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036

 

Director

 

Since August 2006

 

President, Strategic Decisions, LLC (consulting) (since February 2009); Director or Trustee of various Retail Funds and Institutional Funds (since August 2006); Chairperson of the Insurance Sub-Committee of the Compliance and Insurance Committee (since February 2007); served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Nuclear Energy Institute (policy organization) through November 2008; retired as Admiral, U.S. Navy in January 2005 after serving over 8 years as Director of the Naval Nuclear Propulsion Program and Deputy Administrator — Naval Reactors in the National Nuclear Security Administration at the U.S. Department of Energy (1996-2004), Knighted as Honorary Knight Commander of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire; Awarded the Officer de l’Orde National du Mérite by the French Government.

 

168

 

Director of the Armed Services YMCA of the USA; member, BP America External Advisory Council (energy); member, National Academy of Engineers.

 


*      This is the earliest date the Director began serving the Retail Funds or Institutional Funds.  Each Director serves for a three-year term and until his or her respective successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

B-15



 

Name, Age and Address
of Independent Director

 

Position(s)
Held with
Registrant

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Independent
Director

 

Other Directorships
Held by
Independent
Director

Michael Bozic (68)
c/o Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
Counsel to the Independent Directors
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036

 

Director

 

Since April 1994

 

Private investor; Chairperson of the Compliance and Insurance Committee (since October 2006); Director or Trustee of the Retail Funds (since April 1994) and Institutional Funds (since July 2003); formerly, Chairperson of the Insurance Committee (July 2006-September 2006); Vice Chairman of Kmart Corporation (December 1998-October 2000), Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Levitz Furniture Corporation (November 1995-November 1998) and President and Chief Executive Officer of Hills Department Stores (May 1991-July 1995); variously Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer (1987-1991) of the Sears Merchandise Group of Sears, Roebuck & Co.

 

170

 

Director of various business organizations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kathleen A. Dennis (56)
c/o Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
Counsel to the Independent Directors
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036

 

Director

 

Since August 2006

 

President, Cedarwood Associates (mutual fund and investment management consulting) (since July 2006); Chairperson of the Money Market and Alternatives Sub-Committee of the Investment Committee (since October 2006) and Director or Trustee of various Retail Funds and Institutional Funds (since August 2006); formerly, Senior Managing Director of Victory Capital Management (1993-2006).

 

168

 

Director of various non-profit organizations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Manuel H. Johnson (60)
c/o Johnson Smick
Group, Inc.
888 16th Street, N.W.

Suite 740
Washington, D.C. 20006

 

Director

 

Since July 1991

 

Senior Partner, Johnson Smick International, Inc. (consulting firm); Chairperson of the Investment Committee (since October 2006) and Director or Trustee of the Retail Funds (since July 1991) and Institutional Funds (since July 2003); Co- Chairman and a founder of the Group of Seven Council (G7C) (international economic commission); formerly, Chairperson of the Audit Committee (July 1991-September 2006); Vice Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.

 

170

 

Director of NVR, Inc. (home construction); Director of Evergreen Energy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph J. Kearns (67)
c/o Kearns & Associates LLC
PMB754
23852 Pacific Coast Highway
Malibu, CA 90265

 

Director

 

Since August 1994

 

President, Kearns & Associates LLC (investment consulting); Chairperson of the Audit Committee (since October 2006) and Director or Trustee of the Retail Funds (since July 2003) and Institutional Funds (since August 1994); formerly, Deputy Chairperson of the Audit Committee (July 2003-September 2006) and Chairperson of the Audit Committee of the Institutional Funds (October 2001-July 2003); CFO of the J. Paul Getty Trust.

 

171

 

Director of Electro Rent Corporation (equipment leasing) and The Ford Family Foundation.

 


*                 This is the earliest date the Director began serving the Retail Funds or Institutional Funds.  Each Director serves for a three-year term and until his or her respective successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

B-16



 

Name, Age and Address
of Independent Director

 

Position(s)
Held with
Registrant

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Independent
Director

 

Other Directorships
Held by
Independent
Director

Michael F. Klein (50)
c/o Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
Counsel to the Independent Directors
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036

 

Director

 

Since August 2006

 

Managing Director, Aetos Capital, LLC (since March 2000) and Co-President, Aetos Alternatives Management, LLC (since January 2004); Chairperson of the Fixed Income Sub-Committee of the Investment Committee (since October 2006) and Director or Trustee of various Retail Funds and Institutional Funds (since August 2006); formerly, Managing Director, Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. and Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment Management, President, Morgan Stanley Institutional Funds (June 1998-March 2000) and Principal, Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. and Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment Management (August 1997-December 1999).

 

168

 

Director of certain investment funds managed or sponsored by Aetos Capital, LLC. Director of Sanitized AG and Sanitized Marketing AG (specialty chemicals).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael E. Nugent (73)
c/o Triumph Capital, L.P.
445 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022

 

Chairperson of the Board and Director

 

Since August 2006

 

General Partner, Triumph Capital, L.P. (private investment partnership); Chairperson of the Boards of the Retail Funds and Institutional Funds (since July 2006); Director or Trustee of the Retail Funds (since July 1991) and Institutional Funds (since July 2001); formerly, Chairperson of the Insurance Committee (until July 2006).

 

170

 

None.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

W. Allen Reed (62)
c/o Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
Counsel to the Independent Directors
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036

 

Director

 

Since August 2006

 

Chairperson of the Equity Sub-Committee of the Investment Committee (since October 2006) and Director or Trustee of various Retail Funds and Institutional Funds (since August 2006); formerly, President and CEO of General Motors Asset Management; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the GM Trust Bank and Corporate Vice President of General Motors Corporation (August 1994-December 2005).

 

168

 

Director of Temple-Inland Industries (packaging and forest products); Director of Legg Mason, Inc. and Director of the Auburn University Foundation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fergus Reid (77)
c/o Lumelite Plastics Corporation


85 Charles Colman Blvd.
Pawling, NY 12564

 

Director

 

Since June 1992

 

Chairman, Lumelite Plastics Corporation; Chairperson of the Governance Committee and Director or Trustee of the Retail Funds (since July 2003) and Institutional Funds (since June 1992).

 

171

 

Trustee and Director of certain investment companies in the JPMorgan Funds complex managed by JP Morgan Investment Management Inc.

 


*      This is the earliest date the Director began serving the Retail Funds or Institutional Funds.  Each Director serves for a three-year term and until his or her respective successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

The Director who is affiliated with the Adviser or affiliates of the Adviser (as set forth below) and executive officers of the Fund, their age, address, term of office and length of time served, their principal business occupations during the past five years, the number of portfolios in the Fund Complex overseen by the Interested Director (as of December 31, 2008) and the other directorships, if any, held by the Interested Director, are shown below.

 

B-17



 

Name, Age and Address
of Interested Director

 

Position(s)
Held with
Registrant

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s) During
Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Interested
Director

 

Other Directorships
Held by
Independent
Director

James F. Higgins (61)
c/o Morgan Stanley Trust
Harborside Financial Center
Plaza Two
Jersey City, NJ 07311

 

Director

 

Since June 2000

 

Director or Trustee of the Retail Funds (since June 2000) and Institutional Funds (since July 2003); Senior Advisor of Morgan Stanley (since August 2000).

 

169

 

Director of AXA Financial, Inc. and The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States (financial services).

 


*                 This is the earliest date the Director began serving the Retail Funds or Institutional Funds.  Each Director serves for a three-year term and until his or her respective successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

Executive Officers:

 

Name, Age and Address of Executive
Officer

 

Position(s)
Held with
Registrant

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

Randy Takian (34)
522 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10036

 

President and Principal Executive Officer

 

Since September 2008

 

President and Principal Executive Officer (since September 2008) of funds in the Fund Complex; President and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Services Company Inc. (since September 2008). President of Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc. (since July 2008). Head of the Retail and Intermediary business within Morgan Stanley Investment Management (since July 2008). Head of Liquidity and Bank Trust business (since July 2008) and the Latin American franchise (since July 2008) at Morgan Stanley Investment Management. Managing Director, Director and/or Officer of Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. and various entities affiliated with Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. Formerly Head of Strategy and Product Development for the Alternatives Group and Senior Loan Investment Management. Formerly with Bank of America (July 1996-March 2006), most recently as Head of the Strategy, Mergers and Acquisitions team for Global Wealth and Investment Management.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Klingert (47)
522 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10036

 

Vice President

 

Since June 2008

 

Global Head, Chief Operating Officer and acting Chief Investment Officer of the Global Fixed Income Group of Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc. (since April 2008). Head of Global Liquidity Portfolio Management and co-Head of Liquidity Credit Research of Morgan Stanley Investment Management (since December 2007). Managing Director of Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc. (since December 2007). Previously, Managing Director on the Management Committee and head of Municipal Portfolio Management and Liquidity at BlackRock (October 1991 to January 2007).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carsten Otto (45)
522 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10036

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Since October 2004

 

Managing Director and Global Head of Compliance for Morgan Stanley Investment Management (since April 2007) and Chief Compliance Officer of the Retail Funds and Institutional Funds (since October 2004). Formerly, U.S. Director of Compliance (October 2004-April 2007) and Assistant Secretary and Assistant General Counsel of the Retail Funds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stefanie V. Chang Yu (42)
522 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10036

 

Vice President

 

Since December 1997

 

Managing Director of the Adviser and various entities affiliated with the Adviser; Vice President of the Retail Funds (since July 2002) and Institutional Funds (since December 1997); Secretary of various entities affiliated with the Adviser.

 

B-18



 

Name, Age and Address of Executive
Officer

 

Position(s)
Held with
Registrant

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served*

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

Mary E. Mullin (42)
522 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10036

 

Secretary

 

Since August 2006

 

Executive Director of the Adviser and various entities affiliated with the Adviser; Secretary of the Retail Funds (since July 2003) and Institutional Funds (since June 1999).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James E. Garrett (40)
522 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10036

 

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

Treasurer since February 2002 and Chief Financial Officer since July 2003

 

Head of Global Fund Administration; Managing Director of the Adviser and various entities affiliated with the Adviser; Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Institutional Funds.

 


*                 This is the earliest date the Officer began serving the Retail Funds or Institutional Funds.  Each Officer serves for a three-year term and until his or her respective successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

For each Director, the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Director in the Funds and in the Family of Investment Companies (Family of Investment Companies includes all of the registered investment companies advised by the Adviser, Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc. and Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP) for the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, is set forth in the table below.

 

Name of Director

 

Dollar Range of
Equity
Securities in
Emerging
Markets Debt
(As of December
31, 2008)

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
in Global
Opportunity Bond
(As of December
31, 2008)

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in All
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Director in Family of
Investment Companies
(As of December 31, 2008)

Independent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Frank L. Bowman(1)

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

Michael Bozic

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

Kathleen A. Dennis

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

Manuel H. Johnson

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

Joseph J. Kearns(1)

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

Michael F. Klein

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

Michael E. Nugent

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

W. Allen Reed(1)

 

$1-10,000

 

none

 

over $100,000

Fergus Reid(1)

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

Interested:

 

 

 

 

 

 

James F. Higgins

 

none

 

none

 

over $100,000

 


(1)          Includes the total amount of compensation deferred by the Director at his election pursuant to a deferred compensation plan.  Such deferred compensation is placed in a deferral account and deemed to be invested in one or more of the Retail Funds or Institutional Funds (or portfolio thereof) that are offered as investment options under the plan.

 

As to each Independent Director and his immediate family members, no person owned beneficially or of record securities in an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Funds, or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Funds.

 

Independent Directors and the Committees.  Law and regulation establish both general guidelines and specific duties for the Independent Directors.  Each Fund seeks as Independent Directors individuals of distinction and experience in business and finance, government service or academia; these are people whose advice and counsel are in demand by others and for whom there is often competition.  To accept a position on a Fund’s Board, such individuals may reject other attractive assignments because the Fund makes substantial demands on their time.  The Board has four committees:  (1) Audit Committee, (2) Governance Committee, (3) Compliance and Insurance Committee and (4) Investment Committee.  Three of the Independent Directors serve as members of the Audit Committee, three Independent Directors serve as members of the Governance Committee, four Directors, including

 

B-19



 

three Independent Directors, serve as members of the Compliance and Insurance Committee, and all of the Directors serve as members of the Investment Committee.

 

The Independent Directors are charged with recommending to the full Board approval of management, advisory and administration contracts and distribution and underwriting agreements, continually reviewing fund performance, checking on the pricing of portfolio securities, brokerage commissions, transfer agent costs and performance and trading among funds in the same complex; and approving fidelity bond and related insurance coverage and allocations, as well as other matters that arise from time to time.

 

Each Board has a separately-designated standing Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  The Audit Committee is charged with recommending to the full Board the engagement or discharge of each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; directing investigations into matters within the scope of the independent registered public accounting firm’s duties, including the power to retain outside specialists; reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the audit plan and results of the auditing engagement; approving professional services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm and other accounting firms prior to the performance of the services; reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm; considering the range of audit and non-audit fees; reviewing the adequacy of each Fund’s system of internal controls; and reviewing the valuation process.  Each Fund has adopted a formal, written Audit Committee Charter.

 

The members of the Audit Committee of each Fund are Joseph J. Kearns, Michael E. Nugent and W. Allen Reed.  None of the members of the Fund’s Audit Committee is an “interested person,” as defined under the 1940 Act, of each Fund (with such disinterested Directors being “Independent Directors” or individually, “Independent Director”).  Each Independent Director is also “independent” from the Funds under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).  The Chairperson of the Audit Committee of each Fund is Joseph J. Kearns.

 

The Board of each Fund also has a Governance Committee.  The Governance Committee identifies individuals qualified to serve as Independent Directors on the Funds’ Board and on committees of such Board and recommends such qualified individuals for nomination by the Funds’ Independent Directors as candidates for election as Independent Directors, advises the Funds’ Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and committees, develops and recommends to the Funds’ Board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to a Fund, monitors and makes recommendations on corporate governance matters and policies and procedures of the Funds’ Board and any Board committees and oversees periodic evaluations of the Funds’ Board and its committees.  The members of the Governance Committee of the Funds are Kathleen A. Dennis, Michael F. Klein and Fergus Reid, each of whom is an Independent Director.  The Chairperson of the Governance Committee is Fergus Reid.

 

The Funds do not have a separate nominating committee.  While each Fund’s Governance Committee recommends qualified candidates for nominations as Independent Directors, the Board of each Fund believes that the task of nominating prospective Independent Directors is important enough to require the participation of all current Independent Directors, rather than a separate committee consisting of only certain Independent Directors.  Accordingly, each Independent Director (Frank L. Bowman, Michael Bozic, Kathleen A. Dennis, Manuel H. Johnson, Joseph J. Kearns, Michael F. Klein, Michael E. Nugent, W. Allen Reed and Fergus Reid) participates in the election and nomination of candidates for election as Independent Directors for the Funds.  Persons recommended by the Funds’ Governance Committee as candidates for nomination as Independent Directors shall possess such knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and diversity so as to enhance the Board’s ability to manage and direct the affairs and business of the Fund, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of committees of the Board to fulfill their duties and/or to satisfy any independence requirements imposed by law, regulation or any listing requirements of the NYSE.  While the Independent Directors of the Funds expect to be able to continue to identify from their own resources an ample number of qualified candidates for the Funds’ Board as they deem appropriate, they will consider nominations from stockholders to the Board.  Nominations from stockholders should be in writing and sent to the Independent Directors as described below under the section “—Stockholder Communications.”

 

Each Board formed a Compliance and Insurance Committee to address insurance coverage and oversee the compliance function for the Fund and the Board.  The Compliance and Insurance Committee consists of Frank L. Bowman, Michael Bozic, James F. Higgins and Manual H. Johnson.  Frank L. Bowman, Michael Bozic and Manuel

 

B-20



 

H. Johnson are Independent Directors.  The Chairperson of the Compliance and Insurance Committee is Michael Bozic.  The Compliance and Insurance Committee has an Insurance Sub-Committee to review and monitor the insurance coverage maintained by the Fund.  The Chairperson of the Insurance Sub-Committee is Frank L. Bowman.

 

The Investment Committee oversees the portfolio investment process for and reviews the performance of each Fund.  The Investment Committee also recommends to the Board to approve or renew the Funds’ Investment Advisory, Sub-Advisory and Administration Agreements.  The members of the Investment Committee are Frank L. Bowman, Michael Bozic, Kathleen A. Dennis, James F. Higgins, Manuel H. Johnson, Joseph J. Kearns, Michael F. Klein, Michael E. Nugent, W. Allen Reed and Fergus Reid.  The Chairperson of the Investment Committee is Manuel H. Johnson.

 

The Investment Committee has three Sub-Committees, each with its own Chairperson.  Each Sub-Committee focuses on the funds’ primary areas of investment, namely equities, fixed income and alternatives.  The Sub-Committees and their members are as follows:

 

(1)                                  Equity—W. Allen Reed (Chairperson), Frank L. Bowman and Michael E. Nugent.

 

(2)                                  Fixed Income—Michael F. Klein (Chairperson), Michael Bozic and Fergus Reid.

 

(3)                                  Money Market and Alternatives — Kathleen A. Dennis (Chairperson), James F. Higgins and Joseph J. Kearns.

 

During each Fund’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the Board held the following meetings:

 

Board of Directors

 

8

Committee/Sub-Committee:

 

Number of meetings:

Audit Committee

 

4

Governance Committee

 

4

Compliance and Insurance Committee

 

4

Insurance Sub-Committee

 

2

Investment Committee

 

5

Equity Sub-Committee

 

6

Fixed Income Sub-Committee

 

7

Money Market and Alternatives Sub-Committee

 

5

 

Stockholder Communications

 

Stockholders may send communications to each Fund’s Board.  Stockholders should send communications intended for each Fund’s Board by addressing the communication directly to such Board (or individual Board members) and/or otherwise clearly indicating in the salutation that the communication is for the Board (or individual Board members) and by sending the communication to either the Fund’s office or directly to the Board member(s) at the address specified on the previous pages for each Director.  Other stockholder communications received by a Fund not directly addressed and sent to the Board will be reviewed and generally responded to by management, and will be forwarded to the Board only at management’s discretion based on the matters contained therein.

 

Compensation

 

Each Director (except for the Chairperson of the Boards) receives an annual retainer fee of $200,000 for serving the Retail Funds and the Institutional Funds.  The Chairperson of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual retainer fee of $75,000 and the Investment Committee Chairperson receives an additional annual retainer fee of $60,000.  Other Committee Chairpersons receive an additional annual retainer fee of $30,000 and the Sub-Committee Chairpersons receive an additional annual retainer fee of $15,000.  The aggregate compensation paid to each Director is paid by the Retail Funds and the Institutional Funds, and is allocated on a pro rata basis among each of the operational funds/portfolios of the Retail Funds and the Institutional Funds based on the relative net assets of each of the funds/portfolios.  Michael E. Nugent receives a total annual retainer fee of $400,000 for his

 

B-21



 

services as Chairperson of the Boards of the Retail Funds and the Institutional Funds and for administrative services provided to each Board.

 

Each Fund also reimburses such Directors for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attending such meetings.  Directors of the Funds who are employed by the Adviser receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Fund for their services as Director.

 

Effective April 1, 2004, each Fund began a Deferred Compensation Plan (the “DC Plan”), which allows each Director to defer payment of all, or a portion, of the fees he or she receives for serving on the Board throughout the year.  Each eligible Director generally may elect to have the deferred amounts credited with a return equal to the total return on one or more of the Retail Funds or Institutional Funds (or portfolios thereof) that are offered as investment options under the DC Plan.  At the Director’s election, distributions are either in one lump sum payment, or in the form of equal annual installments over a period of five years.  The rights of an eligible Director and the beneficiaries to the amounts held under the DC Plan are unsecured and such amounts are subject to the claims of the creditors of the Fund.

 

Prior to April 1, 2004, the Institutional Funds maintained a similar Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Prior DC Plan”), which also allowed each Independent Director to defer payment of all, or a portion, of the fees he or she received for serving on the Board throughout the year.  Generally, the DC Plan amends and supersedes the Prior DC Plan and all amounts payable under the Prior DC Plan are now subject to the terms of the DC Plan (except for amounts paid during the calendar year 2004, which remain subject to the terms of the Prior DC Plan).

 

The following table shows aggregate compensation payable to each of the Funds’ Directors from the Funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and the aggregate compensation payable to each of the Funds’ Directors by the Fund Complex (which includes all of the Retail Funds and Institutional Funds) for the calendar year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Compensation(1)

 

 

 

Aggregate
Compensation
from Emerging
Markets Debt(2)

 

Aggregate
Compensation
from Global
Opportunity
Bond(2)

 

Total
Compensation
from Fund and
Fund Complex
Paid to Directors(3)

 

Name of Independent Director:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Frank L. Bowman(2)

 

$

306

 

$

41

 

$

215,000

 

Michael Bozic

 

323

 

44

 

230,000

 

Kathleen A. Dennis

 

306

 

41

 

215,000

 

Manuel H. Johnson

 

365

 

49

 

260,000

 

Joseph J. Kearns(2)

 

386

 

52

 

286,250

 

Michael F. Klein

 

306

 

41

 

215,000

 

Michael E. Nugent

 

561

 

76

 

400,000

 

W. Allen Reed(2)

 

306

 

41

 

215,000

 

Fergus Reid

 

323

 

44

 

241,250

 

Name of Interested Director:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James F. Higgins

 

281

 

38

 

200,000

 

 


(1)

Includes all amounts paid for serving as director/trustee of the funds, as well as serving as Chairperson of the Boards or a Chairperson of a Committee or Sub-Committee.

(2)

The amounts shown in this column represent the aggregate compensation before deferral with respect to each Fund’s fiscal year. The following Directors deferred compensation from the Funds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008: Mr. Bowman, $347; Mr. Kearns, $219; Mr. Reed, $347.

(3)

The amounts shown in this column represent the aggregate compensation paid by all of the funds in the Fund Complex as of December 31, 2008 before deferral by the Directors under the DC Plan. As of December 31, 2008, the value (including interest) of the deferral accounts across the Fund Complex for Messrs. Bowman, Kearns, Reed and Reid pursuant to the deferred compensation plan was $397,110, $761,543, $332,876 and $474,242, respectively. Because the funds in the Fund Complex have different fiscal year ends, the amounts shown in this column are presented on a calendar year basis.

 

Prior to December 31, 2003, 49 of the Retail Funds (the “Adopting Funds”) had adopted a retirement program under which an Independent Director who retired after serving for at least five years as an Independent Director of any such fund (an “Eligible Director”) would have been entitled to retirement payments, based on factors such as length of service, upon reaching the eligible retirement age.  On December 31, 2003, the amount of accrued

 

B-22



 

retirement benefits for each Eligible Director was frozen, and will be payable, together with a return of 8% per annum, at or following each such Eligible Director’s retirement as shown in the table below.

 

The following table illustrates the retirement benefits accrued to the Funds’ Independent Directors by the Adopting Funds for the calendar year ended December 31, 2008, and the estimated retirement benefits for the Independent Directors from the Adopting Funds for each calendar year following retirement.  Only the Directors listed below participated in the retirement program.

 

Name of Independent Director

 

Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Fund
Expenses By All
Adopting Funds

 

Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement(1) From All
Adopting Funds

 

Michael Bozic

 

$

17,198

 

$

45,874

 

Manuel H. Johnson

 

18,179

 

67,179

 

Michael E. Nugent

 

3,512

 

60,077

 

 

(1)          Total compensation accrued under the retirement plan, together with a return of 8% per annum, will be paid annually commencing upon retirement and continuing for the remainder of the Director’s life.

 

The Board is divided into three classes, each class having a term of three years.  Each year the term of one class will expire and is elected at the annual meeting of stockholders.  See “Management of the Fund—Directors and Officers of the Fund.”

 

The Charter and the Bylaws of the Funds provide that each Fund will indemnify, and pay or reimburse reasonable expenses before final disposition of a proceeding to, directors, officers, employees or agents of the Fund to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) and the 1940 Act.  Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Funds’ Charters does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding.  Under Maryland law, a corporation may indemnify any director or officer made a party to any proceeding by reason of service in that capacity unless it is established that (1) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (A) was committed in bad faith or (B) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (2) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.  However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation.  Also, a Maryland corporation generally may not indemnify for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received.  In either of these cases, a Maryland corporation may indemnify for expenses only if a court orders indemnification.  In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer.  First, however, the corporation must receive a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct was not met.  The termination of any proceeding by conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of any order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the director or officer did not meet the requisite standard of conduct required for indemnification to be permitted.  Each Fund’s Charter further provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law, and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, no director or officer will be liable to the Fund or its stockholders for money damages.  Under Maryland law, a corporation may restrict or limit the liability of directors or officers to the corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except to the extent that such liability results from (1) the actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services, or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.

 

Investment Advisory and Other Services

 

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. serves as each Fund’s investment adviser.  The Adviser provides investment advisory services to each Fund under the terms of an Investment Advisory and Management

 

B-23



 

Agreement.  The Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act.  The Adviser provides portfolio management services to taxable and nontaxable institutions, international organizations and individuals investing in United States and international equity and fixed income securities.  As of June 30, 2009, the Adviser, together with its affiliated asset management companies, had $355.5 billion of assets under management or supervision.  The Adviser’s principal address is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036.  The Adviser currently acts as adviser for [68] funds registered under the 1940 Act.

 

Under the terms of each Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, the Adviser makes all investment decisions, prepares and makes available research and statistical data, and supervises the purchase and sale of securities on behalf of each Fund, including the selection of brokers and dealers to carry out the transactions, all in accordance with the Funds’ investment objectives and policies, under the direction and control of each Fund’s Board.  The Adviser also is responsible for maintaining records and furnishing or causing to be furnished all required records or other information of the Funds to the extent such records, reports and other information are not maintained or furnished by the Funds’ administrators, custodians or other agents.  The Adviser pays the salaries and expenses of the Funds’ officers and employees, as well as the fees and expenses of the Funds’ Directors, who are directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or any of its affiliates.  However, each Fund bear travel expenses or an appropriate fraction thereof of officers and Directors of the Fund who are directors, officers or employees of the Adviser to the extent that such expenses relate to attendance at meetings of the Fund’s Board or any committee thereof.

 

Pursuant to each Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, the Adviser is paid a fee computed weekly and payable monthly at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets.

 

Each Investment Advisory and Management Agreement provides that the Adviser will not be liable for any act or omission, error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss suffered by a Fund in connection with matters to which the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement relates, except for a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement.

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, Emerging Markets Debt paid the Adviser fees of approximately $2,397,636, $2,485,734 and $2,246,727, respectively.

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, Global Opportunity Bond paid the Adviser fees of approximately $336,286, $343,438 and $301,136, respectively.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers.  The following information is as of December 31, 2008:

 

Mr. Baurmeister managed nine registered investment companies with a total of approximately $1.6 billion in assets; seven pooled investment vehicles other than registered investment companies with approximately $568.7 million in assets; and four other accounts with a total of approximately $346.9 million in assets.

 

Mr. Kaune managed nine registered investment companies with a total of approximately $1.6 billion in assets; seven pooled investment vehicles other than registered investment companies with a total of approximately $568.7 million in assets; and four other accounts with a total of approximately $246.9 million in assets.

 

Ms. McKenna managed 11 registered investment companies with a total of approximately $1.7 billion in assets; seven pooled investment vehicles other than registered investment companies with a total of approximately $568.7 million in assets; and seven other accounts (including accounts managed under certain “wrap fee programs”) with a total of approximately $1.8 billion in assets.

 

Mr. Schaney managed nine registered investment companies with a total of approximately $794 million in assets; no pooled investment vehicles other than registered investment companies; and no other accounts.

 

B-24



 

Because the portfolio managers may manage assets for other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals), there may be an incentive to favor one client over another resulting in conflicts of interest.  For instance, the Adviser may receive fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from Emerging Markets Debt and/or Global Opportunity Bond, or it may receive a performance-based fee on certain accounts.  In those instances, the portfolio managers may have an incentive to favor the higher and/or performance-based fee accounts over Emerging Markets Debt and/or Global Opportunity Bond.  The Adviser has adopted trade allocation and other policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to address these and other conflicts of interest.

 

Portfolio Manager Compensation Structure.  Portfolio managers receive a combination of base compensation and discretionary compensation, comprising a cash bonus and several deferred compensation programs described below.  The methodology used to determine portfolio manager compensation is applied across all funds/accounts managed by the portfolio managers.

 

Base salary compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base salary compensation based on the level of their position with the Adviser.

 

Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation.

 

Discretionary compensation can include:

 

·                  Cash Bonus.

 

·                  Morgan Stanley’s Long Term Incentive Compensation awards—a mandatory program that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation into restricted stock units or other awards based on Morgan Stanley common stock or other investments that are subject to vesting and other conditions.

 

·                  Investment Management Alignment Plan (IMAP) awards— a mandatory program that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation and notionally invests it in designated funds advised by the Adviser its affiliates. The award is subject to vesting and other conditions. Portfolio managers must notionally invest a minimum of 25% to a maximum of 100% of their IMAP deferral account into a combination of the designated funds they manage that are included in the IMAP fund menu, which may or may not include the Fund. For 2008 awards, a clawback provision was implemented that could be triggered if the individual  engages in conduct detrimental to the Adviser or its affiliates.

 

·                  Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plans—voluntary programs that permit certain employees to elect to defer a portion of their discretionary year-end compensation and notionally invest the deferred amount across a range of designated investment funds,  including funds advised by the Adviser or its affiliates.

 

Several factors determine discretionary compensation, which can vary by portfolio management team and circumstances. In order of relative importance, these factors include:

 

·                  Investment performance. A portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the funds/accounts managed by the portfolio manager. Investment performance is calculated for one-, three- and five-year periods measured against a fund’s/account’s primary benchmark (as set forth in the fund’s prospectus), indices and/or peer groups where applicable. Generally, the greatest weight is placed on the three- and five-year periods.

 

·                  Revenues generated by the investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager.

 

B-25



 

·                  Contribution to the business objectives of the Adviser.

 

·                  The dollar amount of assets managed by the portfolio manager.

 

·                  Market compensation survey research by independent third parties.

 

·                  Other qualitative factors, such as contributions to client objectives.

 

·                  Performance of Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Investment Management, and the overall performance of the investment team(s) of which the portfolio manager is a member.

 

Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers.  As of December 31, 2008, Messrs. Baurmeister, Kaune, Schaney and Ms. McKenna did not own any securities in the Funds.

 

The Administrator

 

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. serves as administrator to the Fund pursuant to the Administration Agreement.  Under the Administration Agreement, the administrative fee is 0.08% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets.  As approved by the Board, the Adviser has agreed to limit the administration fee so that it will be no greater than 0.02435% of the Fund’s average weekly net assets plus $24,000 per annum.  This waiver is voluntary and may be terminated at any time.  The Administration Agreement covers administrative costs (including out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the ordinary course of providing services under the Administration Agreement, which were previously borne by the Fund), except pricing services and extraordinary expenses.

 

Custodian, Dividend Disbursing and Transfer Agent

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as custodian for each Fund (the “Custodian”) and has custody of all securities and cash of each Fund.  The Custodian holds cash, securities, and other assets of the Funds as required by the 1940 Act.  Custody fees are payable monthly based on assets held in custody, investment purchases and sales activity and account maintenance fees, plus reimbursement for certain out-of-pocket expenses.  Any of the Funds’ cash balances with the Custodian in excess of $250,000 (a temporary increase from $100,000, which is due to expire on December 31, 2013) are unprotected by federal deposit insurance.  Such balances may, at times, be substantial.

 

Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (collectively, the “Transfer Agent”) act as each Fund’s dividend paying agent, transfer agent and the registrar for each Fund’s common shares.  The Transfer Agent charges each Fund an annual per stockholder account fee and is reimbursed for its out-of-pocket expenses.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

 

Subject to the general supervision of each Fund’s Board, the Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any.  Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services.  In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with non-affiliated dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer.  Each Fund also expects that securities will be purchased at times in underwritten offerings where the price includes a fixed amount of compensation, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.  Options and futures transactions will usually be effected through a broker and a commission will be charged.  On occasion, the Funds may also purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

 

The placing and execution of orders for the Funds also is subject to restrictions under U.S. securities laws, including certain prohibitions against trading among the Funds and their affiliates (including the Adviser or its affiliates).  The Funds may utilize affiliates of the Adviser in connection with the purchase or sale of securities in accordance with rules adopted or exemptive orders granted by the Commission when the Adviser believes that the

 

B-26



 

charge for the transaction does not exceed usual and customary levels.  In addition, the Funds may purchase securities in a placement for which affiliates of the Adviser have acted as agent to or for issuers, consistent with applicable rules adopted by the Commission or regulatory authorization, if necessary.  The Funds will not purchase securities from or sell securities to any affiliate of the Adviser acting as principal.  The Adviser is prohibited from directing brokerage transactions on the basis of the referral of clients or the sale of shares of advised investment companies.

 

With respect to all transactions in securities, the policy of each Fund regarding purchases and sales of securities for its portfolio is that primary consideration will be given to obtaining the most favorable prices and efficient executions of transactions.  Consistent with this policy, when securities transactions are effected on a stock exchange, the Fund’s policy is to pay commissions that are considered fair and reasonable without necessarily determining that the lowest possible commissions are paid in all circumstances.  The Funds believe that a requirement always to seek the lowest possible commission cost could impede effective portfolio management and preclude the Funds and the Adviser from obtaining a high quality of brokerage and research services.  In seeking to determine the reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid in any transaction, the Adviser relies upon its experience and knowledge regarding commissions generally charged by various brokers and on its judgment in evaluating the brokerage and research services received from the broker effecting the transaction.  These determinations are necessarily subjective and imprecise, as in most cases an exact dollar value for those services is not ascertainable.

 

With respect to all transactions in securities, in seeking to implement each Fund’s policies, the Adviser effects transactions with those brokers who the Adviser believes provide the most favorable prices and are capable of providing efficient executions.  If the Adviser believes the prices and executions are obtainable from more than one broker, it may give consideration to placing portfolio transactions with that broker who also furnishes research and other services to the Funds or the Adviser.  The services may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following:  information as to the availability of securities for purchase or sale; statistical or factual information or opinions pertaining to investment; wire services; and appraisals or evaluations of portfolio securities.  The information and services received by the Adviser from brokers and dealers may be utilized by the Adviser and any of its asset management affiliates in the management of accounts of some of their other clients and may not in all cases benefit the Fund directly.

 

The Adviser and certain of its affiliates currently serves as investment adviser to a number of clients, including other investment companies, and may in the future act as investment adviser to others.  It is the practice of the Adviser and its affiliates to cause purchase and sale transactions to be allocated among clients whose assets they manage (including the Fund) in such manner they deem equitable.  In making such allocations among the Funds and other client accounts, various factors may be considered, including the respective investment objective, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments generally held and the opinions of the persons responsible for managing the portfolios of the Funds and other client accounts.  The Adviser and its affiliates may operate one or more order placement facilities and each facility will implement order allocation in accordance with the procedures described above.  From time to time, each facility may transact in a security at the same time as other facilities are trading in that security.

 

Brokerage commissions paid by Emerging Markets Debt for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $12,028, $1,433 and $8,093, respectively.  Brokerage commissions paid by Global Opportunity Bond for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $853, $1,647 and $1,875, respectively.

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, Emerging Markets Debt paid a total of $0, $0 and $0, respectively, in brokerage commissions to Morgan Stanley & Co.  For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, Global Opportunity Bond paid a total of $0, $0 and $0, respectively, in brokerage commissions to Morgan Stanley & Co.

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the brokerage commissions paid to Morgan Stanley & Co. represented approximately 0% and 0% of the total brokerage commissions paid by each of Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond, respectively, during 2008 and were paid on account of transactions having an aggregate dollar value equal to approximately 0% and 0% of the aggregate dollar value of all portfolio transactions

 

B-27



 

of Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond, respectively, during 2008 for which commissions were paid.

 

NET ASSET VALUE

 

Each Fund determines its net asset value no less frequently than the close of business on the last business day of each week by dividing the value of the net assets of the Fund (the value of its assets less its liabilities) by the total number of common shares outstanding.  In valuing the Fund’s assets, equity securities listed on a U.S. exchange are valued at the latest quoted sales price on the valuation date.  Equity securities listed or traded on the NASDAQ, for which market quotations are available, are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price.  Securities listed on a foreign exchange are valued at their closing price.  Unlisted securities and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean between the current bid and asked prices obtained from reputable brokers.  Debt securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, if it approximates value.

 

All other securities and investments for which market values are not readily available, including restricted securities, and those securities for which it is inappropriate to determine prices in accordance with the aforementioned procedures, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by each Fund’s Board, although the actual calculations may be done by others.  Factors considered in making this determination may include, but are not limited to, information obtained by contacting the issuer, analysts, or the appropriate stock exchange (for exchange-traded securities), analysis of the issuer’s financial statements or other available documents and, if necessary, available information concerning other securities in similar circumstances.

 

Most foreign markets close before the NYSE.  In addition, trading in foreign markets may not take place on all Fund business days.  Furthermore, trading may take place in various foreign markets in which the Funds may invest on days that are not Fund business days. Each Fund’s calculation of the net asset value per share, therefore, does not always take place contemporaneously with the most recent determination of the prices of portfolio securities in these markets.  When an event occurs after the close of such exchanges that is likely to have changed the value of the securities (for example, a percentage change in value of one or more U.S. securities indices in excess of specified thresholds), such securities will be valued at their fair value, as determined under procedures established by each Fund’s Board.  Securities also may be fair valued in the event of a significant development affecting a country or region or an issuer-specific development which is likely to have changed the value of the security. In these cases, the Funds’ net asset value will reflect certain portfolio securities’ fair value rather than their market price.  Fair value pricing involves subjective judgment and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security. With respect to securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges, or trade in the over-the-counter market, the values of each Fund’s portfolio securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or sell your common shares.

 

All assets or liabilities of the Funds not denominated in U.S. dollars are initially valued in the currency in which they are denominated and then are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing foreign exchange rate on the date of valuation. Each Fund’s obligation to pay any local taxes are booked as a liability on the date the Fund recognizes income or marks-to-market its assets and has the effect of reducing the Fund’s net asset value.

 

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX STATUS

 

It is each Fund’s policy, which may be changed by each Fund’s Board, to pay quarterly dividends to stockholders from net investment income.  Each Fund intends to distribute all of its net investment income on an annual basis.  Each Fund will distribute all of its net realized long-term and short-term capital gains, if any, at least once per year but it may make such distributions on a more frequent basis to comply with the distribution requirements of the Code.

 

All registered holders of common shares of each Fund (other than brokers and nominees of banks or other financial institutions) are automatically included in its respective automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless they elect to the contrary at the time they purchase common shares of the Fund.  All distributions under the Plan are automatically reinvested in common shares of a Fund in full and fractional common shares.

 

B-28



 

Stockholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to stockholders of record.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxes

 

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a stockholder acquiring, holding and disposing of common shares of the Funds.  This discussion addresses only U.S. federal income tax consequences to stockholders who hold their common shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular stockholders in light of their individual circumstances.  This discussion also does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to stockholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, financial institutions; insurance companies; dealers and traders in securities; tax exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities; U.S. stockholders whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar; or stockholders who engage in constructive sale or conversion transactions.  In addition, the discussion does not address state, local or foreign tax, and certain federal excise tax, consequences, and it does not address any U.S. federal tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences.  The discussion reflects applicable U.S. tax laws as of the date of this prospectus; U.S. tax law may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Funds including the applicable U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them and the effect of possible changes in tax laws.

 

Each Fund intends to continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code.  In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, which qualification this discussion assumes, each Fund must, among other things:  (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” as defined in the Code; (b) diversify its holdings so that, at close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which a Fund must not have invested more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets in securities of any one such issuer and as to which the Fund must not have held more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one such issuer which includes for these purposes equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership, no more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, or of two or more issuers which a Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, and no more than 25% of the value of a regulated investment company’s total assets may be invested in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.  In addition, the separate treatment for publicly traded partnerships under the passive loss rules of the Code applies to a regulated investment company holding an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, with respect to items attributable to such interest.

 

For purposes of the 90% of gross income requirement described above, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) expressly provides the U.S. Treasury with authority to issue regulations that would exclude foreign currency gains from qualifying income if such gains are not directly related to a Fund’s business of investing in stock or securities.  While to date the U.S. Treasury has not exercised this regulatory authority, there can be no assurance that it will not issue regulations in the future (possibly with retroactive application) that would treat some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency gains as non-qualifying income.

 

As a regulated investment company, each Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income that it distributes to its stockholders, provided that at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for the taxable year is distributed to its stockholders; however, each Fund will be subject to tax on its income and gains, to the extent that it does not distribute to its stockholders an amount equal to such income and gains.  Investment company taxable income includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, but does not include net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses.  Each Fund intends to distribute annually to its stockholders substantially all of its

 

B-29



 

investment company taxable income.  If necessary, the Funds intend to borrow money or liquidate assets to make such distributions.  If a Fund fails to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any taxable year, it will be subject to tax on all of its taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to its stockholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to stockholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

 

Stockholders normally will be subject to federal income taxes, and any state and/or local income taxes, on the dividends and other distributions they receive from a Fund.  Such dividends and distributions, to the extent that they are derived from net investment income or short-term capital gains, are generally taxable to the stockholder as ordinary income regardless of whether the stockholder receives such payments in additional common shares or in cash.  For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, the Funds may receive certain dividends and designate the distribution of such dividends as “qualified dividends,” provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the stockholder and Fund level.  Such dividends are taxed at the same rate as long-term capital gains.  Given the nature of the Funds’ investments, the Funds do not expect to make significant distributions eligible for taxation at the reduced rates applicable to capital gains.

 

As a regulated investment company, each Fund also will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses and capital loss carryovers, if any, that it distributes to its stockholders.  If a Fund retains for reinvestment or otherwise an amount of such net long-term capital gains, it will be subject to a tax of up to 35% of the amount retained.  The Board of each Fund will determine at least once a year whether to distribute any net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses and capital loss carryovers from prior years.  Each Fund expects to designate amounts retained as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its stockholders who are stockholders of record as of the close of a taxable year of the Fund who, if subject to U.S. federal income taxation (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate common shares of the undistributed amount, and (b) will be entitled to credit against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities their proportionate common shares of the tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount and to claim refunds to the extent that their credits exceed their liabilities.  For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the basis of common shares owned by a stockholder of the Fund generally will be increased by an amount equal to 65% (the difference between the amount of includable capital gains from the dividend and the tax that the stockholder is deemed to have paid with respect to such common shares) of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the stockholder’s income.  Distributions of net long-term capital gains, if any, by a Fund are taxable to its stockholders as long-term capital gains whether paid in cash or in common shares and regardless of how long the stockholder has held a Fund’s common shares.  Such distributions of net long-term capital gains are not eligible for the dividends received deduction.  Under the Code, net long-term capital gains generally will be taxed at a rate no greater than 15% for individuals and 35% for corporations.  Stockholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal income tax status of their dividends and distributions.

 

Stockholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional common shares pursuant to each Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Plan should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the common shares equal to such amount.  See “Dividends and Distributions; Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan” in the Proxy Statement and Prospectus.

 

If the net asset value of common shares is reduced below a stockholder’s cost as a result of a distribution by a Fund, the distribution will be taxable even though it, in effect, represents a return of invested capital.  Investors considering buying common shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution payment date should be aware that, although the price of common shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, those who purchase just prior to the record date for a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them.  The amount of capital gains realized and distributed (which from an investment standpoint may represent a partial return of capital rather than income) in any given year will be the result of action taken for the best investment of the principal of a Fund, and may therefore vary from year to year.

 

If a Fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends are included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the Fund acquired such

 

B-30



 

stock.  Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated income, and stockholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

 

Under the Code, each Fund may be subject to a 4% excise tax on a portion of its undistributed income.  To avoid the tax, the Funds must distribute annually at least 98% of their ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year and at least 98% of its capital gain net income for the 12-month period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of the calendar year.  For this purpose, any income or gain retained by the Funds that is subject to corporate income tax will be treated as having been distributed at year-end.  In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under distribution or over distribution, as the case may be, in the previous year.  For a distribution to qualify under the foregoing test, the distribution generally must be declared and paid during the year.  Any dividend declared by a Fund in October, November or December of any year and payable to stockholders of record of such month in January shall be deemed to have been received by each stockholder on December 31 of such year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than December 31 of such year.

 

The Funds’ investments in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options, futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies) and non-U.S. corporations classified as PFICs, will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by a Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to a Fund, defer Fund losses, and affect the determination of whether capital gains and losses are characterized as long-term or short-term capital gains or losses.  These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to stockholders.  These provisions also may require each Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% and 98% distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes.  Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections, and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it invests in any foreign currency, option, futures contract, forward contract, PFIC or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company and minimize the imposition of income and excise taxes.

 

Each Fund may make investments that accrue income that is not matched by a current receipt of cash by such Fund, such as investments in certain obligations having original issue discount (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its issue price), or market discount (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its basis immediately after it was acquired) if such Fund elects to accrue market discount on a current basis on debt instruments.  In addition, income may continue to accrue for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to a non-performing investment.  Any of the foregoing income would be treated as income earned by a Fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code.  Because such income may not be matched by a concurrent receipt of cash to a Fund, such Fund may be required to borrow money temporarily or liquidate other securities to be able to make distributions to its investors.

 

Amounts paid by the Funds to individuals and certain other stockholders who have not provided the Funds with their correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certain certifications required by the IRS as well as stockholders with respect to whom the Funds have received certain information from the IRS or a broker may be subject to “backup” withholding of federal income tax arising from the Fund’s taxable dividends and other distributions as well as the gross proceeds of sales of common shares, at a rate equal to the fourth highest rate of tax applicable to a single individual (currently, 28%).  An individual’s TIN is generally his or her social security number.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from payments made to a stockholder may be refunded or credited against such stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

Upon the sale or exchange of its common shares, a stockholder will realize a taxable gain or loss depending upon the amount realized and the stockholder’s basis in the common shares.  Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the common shares are capital assets in the stockholder’s hands, and will be long-term if the stockholder’s holding period for the common shares is more than 12 months and otherwise will be short-term.  For

 

B-31



 

taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, the long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals generally is 15% (or 5% for individuals in lower tax rate brackets).  Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent that the common shares disposed of are replaced (including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the Fund) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the common shares.  In such a case, the basis of the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.  Any loss realized by a stockholder on the sale of Fund common shares held by the stockholder for six months or less will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of long-term capital gains received by the stockholder with respect to such common shares.  The ability to otherwise deduct capital losses may be subject to other limitations under the Code.

 

A repurchase by a Fund of common shares generally will be treated as a sale of the common shares by a stockholder provided that after the repurchase the stockholder, either directly or by attribution under Section 318 of the Code, (a) does not own any common shares, or (b) has not experienced a meaningful reduction in its proportionate interest in the Fund.  If, after a repurchase a stockholder continues to own, directly or by attribution, any common shares, and has not experienced a meaningful reduction in its proportionate interest in a Fund, it is possible that any amounts received in the repurchase by such stockholder will be taxable as a dividend to such stockholder.  If, in addition, the Fund has made such repurchases as part of a series of redemptions, there is a risk that stockholders who do not have any of their common shares repurchased would be treated as having received a dividend distribution as a result of their proportionate increase in the ownership of a Fund.

 

Foreign Tax Credits

 

Income and gains received by a Fund from sources outside the United States may be subject to withholding and other taxes by foreign countries.  If a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company, if certain distribution requirements are satisfied and if, as expected, more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations the Fund may elect, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat any foreign country’s income or withholding taxes paid by the Fund that can be treated as income taxes under U.S. income tax principles, as paid by its stockholders.  Each Fund expects to make this election.  As a consequence, each stockholder will be required to include in its income an amount equal to its allocable share of such income taxes paid by the Fund to a foreign country’s government and the stockholders will be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to credit their portions of these amounts against their U.S. federal income tax due, if any, or to deduct their portions from their U.S. taxable income, if any.  Stockholders that are exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, such as pension plans, generally will derive no benefit from the Funds’ election.  However, these stockholders generally should not be disadvantaged either because the amount of additional income they are deemed to receive equal to their allocable share of such foreign countries’ income taxes paid by the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

The amount of foreign taxes that may be credited against a stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability will generally be limited, however, to an amount equal to the stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax rate multiplied by its foreign source taxable income.  In addition, this limitation must be applied separately to certain categories of foreign source income, one of which is foreign source “passive income.”  For this purpose, foreign source “passive income” includes dividends, interest, capital gains and certain foreign currency gains.  As a consequence, certain stockholders may not be able to claim a foreign tax credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of foreign taxes paid by the Funds.  Stockholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to making this election.  Each stockholder will be notified within 60 days after the close of the Funds’ taxable year whether, pursuant to the election described above, the foreign taxes paid by the Fund will be treated as paid by its stockholders for that year and, if so, the notification will designate (a) the stockholder’s portion of the foreign taxes paid to each country and (b) the portion of the Fund’s dividends and distributions that represents income derived from sources within the country.  The U.S. foreign tax credit rules are complex.  Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. foreign tax credit rules and the applicability of any relevant treaty rules.

 

B-32



 

Foreign Stockholders

 

Taxation of a stockholder who, as to the United States, is a foreign investor depends, in part, on whether the stockholder’s income from the Funds is “effectively connected” with a United States trade or business carried on by the stockholder.

 

In general, distributions (other than capital gain dividends) that are treated as dividends under the Code that are paid to a stockholder that is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code (such stockholder, a “foreign person”) are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).  However, effective for taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2010, the Funds generally will not be required to withhold any amounts with respect to distributions of (a) U.S.-source interest income that would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign person and (b) net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly designated by the Fund.

 

If a foreign investor is a resident alien or if dividends or distributions from the Funds are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign investor, dividends of net investment income, distributions of net short-term and long-term capital gains, amounts retained by the Funds that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale of common shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations.  If the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign investor that is a corporation, then such foreign investor also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax.

 

The tax consequences to a foreign stockholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described in this section.  Stockholders may be required to provide appropriate documentation to establish their entitlement to the benefits of such a treaty.  Foreign investors are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to (a) whether their income from a Fund is or is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business carried on by them, (b) whether they may claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty and (c) any other tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

 

Notices

 

Stockholders will be notified annually by each Fund as to the U.S. federal income tax status of the dividends, distributions and deemed distributions made by the Fund to its stockholders.  Furthermore, stockholders will be sent, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of each Fund’s taxable year as to the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that were treated as having been paid) by the Fund to its stockholders during the preceding taxable year.

 

For additional information about the tax status of the Funds, see each Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

Other Taxation

 

Distributions also may be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each stockholder’s particular position.

 

The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is a summary included for general information purposes only.  In view of the individual nature of tax consequences, each stockholder is advised to consult his or her own tax adviser with respect to the specific tax consequences to him of participation in the fund, including the effect and applicability of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

Each Fund’s Board approved a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that covers the Fund.

 

B-33



 

The Adviser is subject to a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1.  Each Code of Ethics establishes policies and procedures for personal investing by employees and restricts certain transactions.  Employees subject to the Code of Ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds.  The Codes of Ethics may be viewed and copied at the Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information about the Commission’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Commission at (202) 551-8090.  The Codes of Ethics also may be available on the Edgar Database on the Commission’s website, http://www.sec.gov, or be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to:  Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.  This reference to the website does not incorporate the contents of the website into this SAI.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

 

Each Fund’s Board believes that the voting of proxies on securities held by the Fund is an important element of the overall investment process.  As such, the Directors have delegated the responsibility to vote such proxies to Morgan Stanley Investment Management and its advisory affiliates (“MSIM”).

 

A copy of MSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy (“Proxy Policy”) is attached hereto as Appendix A.  In addition, a copy of the Proxy Policy, as well as each Fund’s most recent proxy voting record for the 12-month period ended June 30, filed with the Commission are available without charge on our web site at www.morganstanley.com/im. Each Fund’s proxy voting record is also available without charge on the Commission’s web site at www.sec.gov.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Emerging Markets Debt contained in the Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, which report contains historical financial information regarding the Fund, has been filed with the Commission and is incorporated by reference in this SAI.  [The Fund’s Semi-Annual Report for the period ended June 30, 2009 is also incorporated herein by reference.]

 

The financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Global Opportunity Bond contained in the Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, which report contains historical financial information regarding the Fund, has been filed with the Commission and is incorporated by reference in this SAI.

 

Shown below are Financial Statements for both Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond and Pro Forma Financial Statements for the Combined Fund at [December 31, 2008], as though the reorganization occurred as of that date.  The first table presents Portfolio of Investments (unaudited) for both Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond and pro forma figures for the Combined Fund.  The second table presents Statements of Assets and Liabilities (unaudited) for both Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond and pro forma figures for the Combined Fund.  The third table presents Statements of Operations (unaudited) for both Emerging Markets Debt and Global Opportunity Bond and pro forma figures for the Combined Fund.  The tables are followed by the Notes to the Pro Forma Financial Statements (unaudited).

 

B-34



 

Portfolio of  Investments

(Showing Percentage of Total Value of Investments)

As of December 31, 2008 (unaudited)

 

Security Description

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

Face Amount

(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

Face Amount

(000)

 

Pro Forma

Face Amount

(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity

Bond Fund, Inc.

Value

(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

Value

(000)

 

Adjustments

(000)

 

Pro Forma

Value

(000)

 

DEBT INSTRUMENTS (96.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Argentina (0.3%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.3%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Argentina,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.28%, 12/31/33

 

$

134

 

$

1,743

 

$

1,877

 

$

44

 

$

571

 

$

 

$

615

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brazil (17.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.8%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco ABN Amro Real S.A.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.20%, 2/22/10

 

BRL

330

 

BRL

4,240

 

BRL

4,570

 

144

 

1,845

 

 

1,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (16.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Economico e Social,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.37%, 6/16/18 (a)

 

$

400

 

$

5,000

 

$

5,400

 

382

 

4,775

 

 

5,157

 

Brazil Notas do Tesouro Nacional, Series F,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00%, 1/1/14

 

BRL

420

 

BRL

5,613

 

BRL

6,033

 

161

 

2,151

 

 

2,312

 

Federative Republic of Brazil,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.00%, 1/17/17

 

$

450

 

$

6,850

 

$

7,300

 

467

 

7,107

 

 

7,574

 

7.13%, 1/20/37

 

40

 

550

 

590

 

46

 

627

 

 

673

 

8.00%, 1/15/18

 

660

 

6,403

 

7,063

 

742

 

7,203

 

 

7,945

 

8.88%, 10/14/19 - 4/15/24

 

476

 

6,188

 

6,664

 

584

 

7,590

 

 

8,174

 

10.50%, 7/14/14

 

130

 

1,740

 

1,870

 

164

 

2,192

 

 

2,356

 

11.00%, 8/17/40 (f)

 

260

 

3,250

 

3,510

 

340

 

4,258

 

 

4,598

 

 

 

2,836

 

35,594

 

38,430

 

2,886

 

35,903

 

 

38,789

 

 

 

3,166

 

39,834

 

43,000

 

3,030

 

37,748

 

 

40,778

 

Bulgaria (0.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Bulgaria,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.25%, 1/15/15 (a)

 

101

 

1,149

 

1,250

 

99

 

1,126

 

 

1,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada (0.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CanWest MediaWorks, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.00%, 9/15/12 (b)

 

171

 

 

171

 

76

 

 

 

76

 

Novelis, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.25%, 2/15/15

 

175

 

 

175

 

102

 

 

 

102

 

OPTI Canada, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.25%, 12/15/14

 

75

 

 

75

 

41

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

421

 

 

421

 

219

 

 

 

219

 

Chile (1.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (1.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Empresa Nacional de Petroleo,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.75%, 11/15/12 (a)

 

250

 

3,090

 

3,340

 

251

 

3,104

 

 

3,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Colombia (1.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (1.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Colombia,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.38%, 1/27/17

 

100

 

960

 

1,060

 

105

 

1,003

 

 

1,108

 

11.75%, 2/25/20

 

140

 

2,025

 

2,165

 

188

 

2,724

 

 

2,912

 

 

 

240

 

2,985

 

3,225

 

293

 

3,727

 

 

4,020

 

Denmark (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nordic Telephone Co. Holdings A.p.S.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.88%, 5/1/16 (a)

 

35

 

 

35

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ecuador (0.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Ecuador,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.38%, 12/15/15 (c)

 

220

 

3,113

 

3,333

 

60

 

856

 

 

916

 

9.95%, 8/15/30 (c)

 

190

 

2,500

 

2,690

 

50

 

656

 

 

706

 

 

 

410

 

5,613

 

6,023

 

110

 

1,512

 

 

1,622

 

France (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cie Generale de Geophysique-Veritas S.A.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.50%, 5/15/15

 

65

 

 

65

 

41

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ghana (0.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.5%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Ghana,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 10/4/17 (a)

 

250

 

1,916

 

2,166

 

142

 

1,092

 

 

1,234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indonesia (7.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (1.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pindo Deli Finance Mauritius,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tranche A,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.43%, 4/28/15 (a)(d)

 

25

 

397

 

422

 

14

 

220

 

 

234

 

Tranche B,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.43%, 4/28/18 (a)(d)

 

146

 

1,707

 

1,853

 

41

 

486

 

 

527

 

Tranche C,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zero Coupon, 4/28/25 (d)

 

587

 

6,884

 

7,471

 

38

 

448

 

 

486

 

Tjiwi Kimia Finance Mauritius Ltd.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tranche A,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.43%, 4/28/15 (d)

 

87

 

1,317

 

1,404

 

48

 

731

 

 

779

 

Tranche B,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.53%, 4/28/18 (a)(d)

 

144

 

1,477

 

1,621

 

41

 

421

 

 

462

 

Tranche C,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zero Coupon, 4/28/27 (a)(d)

 

268

 

3,352

 

3,620

 

18

 

218

 

 

236

 

 

 

1,257

 

15,134

 

16,391

 

200

 

2,524

 

 

2,724

 

Sovereign (5.8%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Indonesia,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.88%, 1/17/18

 

100

 

3,280

 

3,380

 

82

 

2,676

 

 

2,758

 

6.88%, 1/17/18 (a)

 

192

 

2,452

 

2,644

 

160

 

2,048

 

 

2,208

 

7.75%, 1/17/38

 

201

 

2,339

 

2,540

 

167

 

1,941

 

 

2,108

 

7.75%, 1/17/38 (a)

 

563

 

7,222

 

7,785

 

470

 

6,030

 

 

6,500

 

 

 

1,056

 

15,293

 

16,349

 

879

 

12,695

 

 

13,574

 

 

 

2,313

 

30,427

 

32,740

 

1,079

 

15,219

 

 

16,298

 

Ivory Coast (0.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ivory Coast,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zero Coupon, 3/31/18 (c)

 

180

 

2,045

 

2,225

 

46

 

521

 

 

567

 

 

See notes to pro-forma financial statements

 

B-35



 

Portfolio of  Investments

(Showing Percentage of Total Value of Investments)

As of December 31, 2008 (unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

Pro Forma

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Value

 

Value

 

Adjustments

 

Value

 

Security Description

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

Kazakhstan (1.9%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (1.9%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intergas Finance BV,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 5/14/17

 

90

 

610

 

700

 

52

 

354

 

 

406

 

KazMunaiGaz Finance Sub BV,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.13%, 7/2/18 (a)

 

400

 

5,720

 

6,120

 

262

 

3,746

 

 

4,008

 

 

 

490

 

6,330

 

6,820

 

314

 

4,100

 

 

4,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Luxembourg (0.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evraz Group S.A.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.50%, 4/24/18 (a)

 

100

 

 

100

 

51

 

 

 

51

 

FMC Finance III S.A.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.88%, 7/15/17

 

120

 

 

120

 

113

 

 

 

113

 

Wind Acquisition Finance S.A.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.75%, 12/1/15 (a)

 

115

 

 

 

115

 

99

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

335

 

 

335

 

263

 

 

 

263

 

Mexico (17.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (17.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mexican Bonos,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.00%, 12/17/15

 

MXN

1,812

 

MXN

23,609

 

MXN

25,421

 

132

 

1,712

 

 

1,844

 

10.00%, 12/5/24

 

3,890

 

49,800

 

53,690

 

323

 

4,140

 

 

4,463

 

Pemex Project Funding Master Trust,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.30%, 6/15/10 (a)(d)

 

$

330

 

$

4,250

 

$

4,580

 

313

 

4,038

 

 

4,351

 

5.75%, 3/1/18 (a)

 

670

 

1,840

 

2,510

 

595

 

1,633

 

 

2,228

 

6.63%, 6/15/35

 

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

 

4,239

 

 

4,239

 

8.63%, 12/1/23

 

250

 

1,740

 

1,990

 

246

 

1,716

 

 

1,962

 

9.13%, 10/13/10

 

360

 

4,040

 

4,400

 

380

 

4,262

 

 

4,642

 

United Mexican States,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.63%, 1/15/17 (f)

 

243

 

6,308

 

6,551

 

244

 

6,340

 

 

6,584

 

5.95%, 3/19/19

 

334

 

4,080

 

4,414

 

336

 

4,100

 

 

4,436

 

6.05%, 1/11/40

 

 

560

 

560

 

 

546

 

 

546

 

6.75%, 9/27/34

 

95

 

1,479

 

1,574

 

101

 

1,568

 

 

1,669

 

7.50%, 1/14/12

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

8.38%, 1/14/11

 

85

 

2,665

 

2,750

 

92

 

2,891

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

8,069

 

105,372

 

113,441

 

2,762

 

37,186

 

 

39,948

 

Netherlands (0.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intergen N.V.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.00%, 6/30/17 (a)

 

105

 

 

105

 

87

 

 

 

87

 

NXP B.V./NXP Funding LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.88%, 10/15/14

 

75

 

 

75

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

180

 

 

180

 

116

 

 

 

116

 

Nigeria (1.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (1.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UBS AG, Federal Republic of Nigeria, Credit Linked Unsecured Notes,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zero Coupon, 4/9/09

 

NGN

27,400

 

NGN

351,300

 

NGN

378,700

 

194

 

2,490

 

 

2,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Panama (2.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (2.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Panama,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.13%, 1/29/26

 

$

 

$

1,910

 

$

1,910

 

 

1,810

 

 

1,810

 

7.25%, 3/15/15

 

95

 

1,148

 

95

 

97

 

1,177

 

 

1,274

 

9.38%, 4/1/29

 

206

 

2,663

 

2,869

 

228

 

2,942

 

 

3,170

 

 

 

301

 

2,663

 

2,964

 

325

 

5,929

 

 

6,254

 

Peru (4.9%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (4.9%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Peru,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.55%, 3/14/37

 

205

 

2,613

 

2,818

 

184

 

2,345

 

 

2,529

 

7.35%, 7/21/25

 

 

560

 

560

 

 

560

 

 

560

 

8.38%, 5/3/16

 

90

 

1,150

 

1,240

 

97

 

1,245

 

 

1,342

 

8.75%, 11/21/33

 

305

 

4,846

 

5,151

 

343

 

5,452

 

 

5,795

 

9.88%, 2/6/15

 

180

 

802

 

982

 

208

 

926

 

 

1,134

 

 

 

780

 

9,971

 

10,751

 

832

 

10,528

 

 

11,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philippines (6.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (6.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Philippines,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 1/15/32

 

 

2,000

 

2,000

 

 

1,910

 

 

1,910

 

8.88%, 3/17/15

 

399

 

7,308

 

7,707

 

425

 

7,783

 

 

8,208

 

9.00%, 2/15/13

 

180

 

2,240

 

2,420

 

192

 

2,385

 

 

2,577

 

9.50%, 2/2/30

 

113

 

909

 

1,022

 

127

 

1,023

 

 

1,150

 

 

 

692

 

12,457

 

13,149

 

744

 

13,101

 

 

13,845

 

Qatar (0.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State of Qatar (Registered),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.75%, 6/15/30

 

110

 

1,260

 

1,370

 

136

 

1,556

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Russia (9.8%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.9%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TNK-BP Finance S.A.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.88%, 3/13/18 (a)

 

295

 

3,800

 

4,095

 

149

 

1,919

 

 

2,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (8.9%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RSHB Capital S.A. for OJSC Russian Agricultural Bank,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.30%, 5/15/17 (a)

 

100

 

2,004

 

2,104

 

58

 

1,152

 

 

1,210

 

7.18%, 5/16/13

 

100

 

270

 

370

 

73

 

197

 

 

270

 

7.18%, 5/16/13 (a)

 

210

 

2,800

 

3,010

 

153

 

2,044

 

 

2,197

 

Russian Federation,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.50%, 3/31/30 (a)(e)

 

295

 

867

 

1,162

 

259

 

761

 

 

1,020

 

Russian Federation (Registered),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.50%, 3/31/30 (e)(f)

 

1,006

 

11,882

 

12,888

 

883

 

10,426

 

 

11,309

 

12.75%, 6/24/28

 

65

 

4,000

 

4,065

 

76

 

4,660

 

 

4,736

 

 

 

1,576

 

19,549

 

21,125

 

1,502

 

19,240

 

 

20,742

 

 

 

1,871

 

23,349

 

25,220

 

1,651

 

21,159

 

 

22,810

 

South Korea (0.4%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.4%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Korea Development Bank,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.30%, 1/17/13

 

100

 

1,000

 

1,100

 

91

 

911

 

 

1,002

 

 

See notes to pro-forma financial statements

 

B-36



 

Portfolio of  Investments

(Showing Percentage of Total Value of Investments)

As of December 31, 2008 (unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

Pro Forma

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Value

 

Value

 

Adjustments

 

Value

 

Security Description

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

Trinidad (0.8%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.8%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Gas Co. of Trinidad & Tobago Ltd.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.05%, 1/15/36 (a)

 

172

 

2,369

 

2,541

 

124

 

1,708

 

 

1,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Turkey (8.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (8.7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Turkey,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.75%, 4/3/18

 

529

 

6,005

 

6,534

 

505

 

5,735

 

 

6,240

 

11.00%, 1/14/13

 

527

 

7,145

 

7,672

 

598

 

8,110

 

 

8,708

 

11.50%, 1/23/12

 

20

 

320

 

340

 

23

 

363

 

 

386

 

11.88%, 1/15/30

 

134

 

3,237

 

3,371

 

192

 

4,645

 

 

4,837

 

 

 

1,210

 

10,702

 

11,912

 

1,318

 

18,853

 

 

20,171

 

United Kingdom (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Virgin Media Finance plc,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.75%, 4/15/14

 

20

 

 

20

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States (4.4%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate (4.4%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AES Corp. (The),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.75%, 3/1/14

 

40

 

 

40

 

35

 

 

 

35

 

8.00%, 6/1/20 (a)(f)

 

160

 

 

160

 

125

 

 

 

125

 

8.75%, 5/15/13 (a)

 

45

 

 

45

 

44

 

 

 

44

 

Allied Waste North America, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.25%, 3/15/15

 

135

 

 

135

 

126

 

 

 

126

 

American Tower Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.13%, 10/15/12

 

120

 

 

120

 

119

 

 

 

119

 

7.50%, 5/1/12

 

75

 

 

75

 

74

 

 

 

74

 

Aramark Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 2/1/15

 

30

 

 

30

 

27

 

 

 

27

 

ArvinMeritor, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.75%, 3/1/12

 

85

 

 

85

 

46

 

 

 

46

 

Axcan Intermediate Holdings, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.75%, 3/1/16

 

40

 

 

40

 

34

 

 

 

34

 

Baldor Electric Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.63%, 2/15/17

 

40

 

 

40

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

Berry Plastics Holding Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.88%, 9/15/14

 

125

 

 

125

 

55

 

 

 

55

 

Biomet, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.63%, 10/15/17

 

115

 

 

115

 

99

 

 

 

99

 

Bombardier, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.30%, 5/1/14 (a)

 

100

 

 

100

 

83

 

 

 

83

 

Brown Shoe Co., Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.75%, 5/1/12 (f)

 

100

 

 

100

 

74

 

 

 

74

 

Chaparral Energy, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 12/1/15 (f)

 

140

 

 

140

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

8.88%, 2/1/17

 

20

 

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Charter Communications Operating LLC/Charter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communications Operating Capital,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.88%, 9/15/14 (a)(f)

 

215

 

 

215

 

173

 

 

 

173

 

Chesapeake Energy Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 6/15/15

 

25

 

 

25

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

7.50%, 9/15/13 (f)

 

140

 

 

140

 

121

 

 

 

121

 

7.63%, 7/15/13

 

25

 

 

25

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.88%, 7/15/15

 

180

 

 

180

 

166

 

 

 

166

 

Climarex Energy Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.13%, 5/1/17

 

30

 

 

30

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

Constellation Brands, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.25%, 9/1/16 - 5/15/17

 

150

 

 

150

 

142

 

 

 

142

 

Crown Americas LLC/Crown Americas Capital Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.63%, 11/15/13 (f)

 

70

 

 

70

 

70

 

 

 

70

 

CSC Holdings, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 6/15/15 (a)

 

180

 

 

180

 

159

 

 

 

159

 

DaVita, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.63%, 3/15/13

 

145

 

 

145

 

138

 

 

 

138

 

Dex Media West LLC/Dex Media West Finance Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.88%, 8/15/13

 

69

 

 

69

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

DirecTV Holdings LLC/DirecTV Financing Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 6/15/15

 

15

 

 

15

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

7.63%, 5/15/16

 

120

 

 

120

 

117

 

 

 

117

 

Dynegy Holdings, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.75%, 6/1/19

 

95

 

 

95

 

66

 

 

 

66

 

Echostar DBS Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 10/1/11

 

75

 

 

75

 

70

 

 

 

70

 

6.63%, 10/1/14

 

50

 

 

50

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

Edison Mission Energy,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.75%, 6/15/16

 

100

 

 

100

 

89

 

 

 

89

 

El Paso Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.00%, 12/12/13

 

190

 

 

190

 

187

 

 

 

187

 

Eye Care Centers of America,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.75%, 2/15/15

 

165

 

 

165

 

158

 

 

 

158

 

Fisher Scientific International, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.13%, 7/1/15 (f)

 

170

 

 

170

 

150

 

 

 

150

 

Ford Motor Credit Co. LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.00%, 10/1/13 (f)

 

275

 

 

275

 

190

 

 

 

190

 

7.25%, 10/25/11 (f)

 

235

 

 

235

 

172

 

 

 

172

 

Forest Oil Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.25%, 6/15/19

 

25

 

 

25

 

18

 

 

 

18

 

7.75%, 5/1/14

 

65

 

 

65

 

55

 

 

 

55

 

Foundation PA Coal Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.25%, 8/1/14

 

35

 

 

35

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

Freeport-McMoran Copper & Gold, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.38%, 4/1/17

 

185

 

 

185

 

152

 

 

 

152

 

Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.88%, 12/15/14

 

155

 

 

155

 

69

 

 

 

69

 

Fresenius Medical Care Capital Trust IV,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.88%, 6/15/11

 

35

 

 

35

 

33

 

 

 

33

 

Frontier Communications Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.25%, 1/15/13

 

45

 

 

45

 

38

 

 

 

38

 

 

See notes to pro-forma financial statements

 

B-37



 

Portfolio of  Investments

(Showing Percentage of Total Value of Investments)

As of December 31, 2008 (unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

Pro Forma

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Value

 

Value

 

Adjustments

 

Value

 

Security Description

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

7.13%, 3/15/19

 

90

 

 

90

 

61

 

 

 

61

 

General Motors Acceptance Corp. LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.75%, 12/1/14 (a)(h)

 

119

 

 

119

 

86

 

 

 

86

 

6.88%, 9/15/11 (a)(h)

 

161

 

 

161

 

129

 

 

 

129

 

7.50%, 12/31/13 (a)(h)

 

9

 

 

9

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

8.00%, 12/31/18 (a)(h)

 

11

 

 

11

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

General Motors Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.38%, 7/15/33

 

85

 

 

85

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

Georgia-Pacific LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.13%, 1/15/17 (a)

 

105

 

 

105

 

89

 

 

 

89

 

Glatfelter,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.13%, 5/1/16

 

30

 

 

30

 

26

 

 

 

26

 

Graham Packaging Co., Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 10/15/12

 

30

 

 

30

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

9.88%, 10/15/14 (f)

 

135

 

 

135

 

84

 

 

 

84

 

Graphic Packaging International, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.50%, 8/15/13

 

85

 

 

85

 

59

 

 

 

59

 

Harrah’s Operating Co., Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00%, 12/15/15 (a)

 

147

 

 

147

 

62

 

 

 

62

 

HCA, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.75%, 3/15/14

 

55

 

 

55

 

33

 

 

 

33

 

6.25%, 2/15/13 (f)

 

90

 

 

90

 

57

 

 

 

57

 

7.58%, 9/15/25

 

65

 

 

65

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

7.69%, 6/15/25

 

25

 

 

25

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

9.13%, 11/15/14 (f)

 

220

 

 

220

 

205

 

 

 

205

 

Healthsouth Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.75%, 6/15/16

 

110

 

 

110

 

101

 

 

 

101

 

Hexcel Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.75%, 2/1/15

 

95

 

 

95

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

Hilcorp Energy I LP/Hilcorp Finance Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.75%, 11/1/15 (a)

 

185

 

 

185

 

131

 

 

 

131

 

Host Hotels & Resorts LP,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 3/15/15

 

80

 

 

80

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

7.13%, 11/1/13 (f)

 

90

 

 

90

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

Idearc, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.00%, 11/15/16

 

300

 

 

300

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

Innophos Holdings, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.50%, 4/15/12 (a)

 

50

 

 

50

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

Innophos, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.88%, 8/15/14

 

80

 

 

80

 

56

 

 

 

56

 

Intelsat Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.25%, 6/15/16 (a)(f)

 

175

 

 

175

 

160

 

 

 

160

 

Interface, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.50%, 2/1/14

 

90

 

 

90

 

72

 

 

 

72

 

10.38%, 2/1/10

 

30

 

 

30

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

Invacare Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.75%, 2/15/15

 

20

 

 

20

 

18

 

 

 

18

 

Ipalco Enterprises, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.63%, 11/14/11

 

30

 

 

30

 

28

 

 

 

28

 

Iron Mountain, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.75%, 1/15/15

 

40

 

 

40

 

36

 

 

 

36

 

8.63%, 4/1/13 (f)

 

130

 

 

130

 

123

 

 

 

123

 

Johnsondiversey, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.63%, 5/15/12 (f)

 

125

 

 

125

 

103

 

 

 

103

 

KAR Holdings, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.75%, 5/1/14

 

30

 

 

30

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

Key Energy Services, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.38%, 12/1/14

 

100

 

 

100

 

66

 

 

 

66

 

Knight, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.50%, 9/1/12

 

41

 

 

41

 

35

 

 

 

35

 

Koppers, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.88%, 10/15/13

 

45

 

 

45

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

L-3 Communications Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.63%, 6/15/12

 

70

 

 

70

 

69

 

 

 

69

 

Las Vegas Sands Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 2/15/15

 

100

 

 

100

 

58

 

 

 

58

 

LIN Television Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.50%, 5/15/13

 

90

 

 

90

 

43

 

 

 

43

 

Massey Energy Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.88%, 12/15/13

 

165

 

 

165

 

123

 

 

 

123

 

Medco Health Solutions, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.13%, 3/15/18

 

60

 

 

60

 

56

 

 

 

56

 

MGM Mirage,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.00%, 10/1/09 (f)

 

200

 

 

200

 

192

 

 

 

192

 

13.00%, 11/15/13 (a)

 

175

 

 

175

 

168

 

 

 

168

 

Michael Foods, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.00%, 11/15/13

 

75

 

 

75

 

65

 

 

 

65

 

Mirant Americas Generation LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 10/1/21

 

100

 

 

100

 

76

 

 

 

76

 

Nalco Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.75%, 11/15/11

 

55

 

 

55

 

53

 

 

 

53

 

National Mentor Holdings, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.25%, 7/1/14

 

75

 

 

75

 

59

 

 

 

59

 

Neiman Marcus Group, Inc. (The) PIK,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.00%, 10/15/15

 

80

 

 

80

 

36

 

 

 

36

 

Newfield Exploration Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.63%, 9/1/14 (f)

 

190

 

 

190

 

157

 

 

 

157

 

7.13%, 5/15/18

 

25

 

 

25

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

Nextel Communications, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.88%, 10/31/13

 

70

 

 

70

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

Nortek, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 9/1/14

 

130

 

 

130

 

31

 

 

 

31

 

NRG Energy, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.38%, 1/15/17

 

90

 

 

90

 

83

 

 

 

83

 

Omnicare, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.75%, 12/15/13

 

95

 

 

95

 

81

 

 

 

81

 

6.88%, 12/15/15

 

80

 

 

80

 

66

 

 

 

66

 

Ormat Funding Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.25%, 12/30/20 (b)

 

128

 

 

128

 

95

 

 

 

95

 

Owens-IIllinois, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.50%, 5/15/10 (f)

 

285

 

 

285

 

284

 

 

 

284

 

 

See notes to pro-forma financial statements

 

B-38



 

Portfolio of  Investments

(Showing Percentage of Total Value of Investments)

As of December 31, 2008 (unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global

Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

Pro Forma

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging

Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Value

 

Value

 

Adjustments

 

Value

 

Security Description

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

Oxford Industries, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.88%, 6/1/11 (f)

 

75

 

 

75

 

57

 

 

 

57

 

Pacific Energy Partners LP/Pacific Energy Finance Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.13%, 6/15/14

 

90

 

 

90

 

79

 

 

 

79

 

Philips-Van Heusen Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.25%, 2/15/11 (f)

 

125

 

 

125

 

110

 

 

 

110

 

Pilgrim’s Pride Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.63%, 5/1/15 (c)

 

105

 

 

105

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

Plains Exploration & Production Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.63%, 6/1/18

 

25

 

 

25

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

7.75%, 6/15/15

 

190

 

 

190

 

145

 

 

 

145

 

Pulte Homes, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.38%, 5/15/33

 

15

 

 

15

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.25%, 2/15/11

 

20

 

 

20

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

Qwest Communications International, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.65%, 2/15/09 (d)

 

51

 

 

51

 

51

 

 

 

51

 

RBS Global, Inc./Rexnord LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.50%, 8/1/14

 

125

 

 

125

 

94

 

 

 

94

 

Reliant Energy, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.88%, 6/15/17

 

90

 

 

90

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

Residential Capital LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 5/15/10 (a)

 

5

 

 

5

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Rite Aid Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.63%, 3/1/15

 

115

 

 

115

 

40

 

 

 

40

 

Sally Holdings LLC/Sally Capital, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.25%, 11/15/14

 

190

 

 

190

 

164

 

 

 

164

 

SandRidge Energy, Inc. PIK,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.63%, 4/1/15

 

175

 

 

175

 

93

 

 

 

93

 

Sierra Pacific Power Co.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.25%, 4/15/12

 

70

 

 

70

 

67

 

 

 

67

 

Smithfield Foods, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.00%, 8/1/11 (f)

 

70

 

 

70

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

8.00%, 10/15/09

 

25

 

 

25

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

Sonic Automotive, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.63%, 8/15/13

 

55

 

 

55

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

Sprint Capital Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.90%, 5/1/19 (f)

 

145

 

 

145

 

103

 

 

 

103

 

Sprint Nextel Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.00%, 12/1/16 (f)

 

140

 

 

140

 

99

 

 

 

99

 

Sun Healthcare Group, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.13%, 4/15/15

 

65

 

 

65

 

57

 

 

 

57

 

SunGard Data Systems, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.13%, 8/15/13

 

95

 

 

95

 

83

 

 

 

83

 

SUPERVALU, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.50%, 5/15/12 - 11/15/14

 

115

 

 

115

 

99

 

 

 

99

 

Tenet Healthcare Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.38%, 2/1/13 (f)

 

185

 

 

185

 

133

 

 

 

133

 

9.88%, 7/1/14

 

45

 

 

45

 

36

 

 

 

36

 

Terra Capital, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.00%, 2/1/17

 

90

 

 

90

 

67

 

 

 

67

 

Texas Competitive Electric Holdings Co. LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25%, 11/1/15 (a)

 

160

 

 

160

 

114

 

 

 

114

 

10.50%, 11/1/15 (a)

 

120

 

 

120

 

86

 

 

 

86

 

Vangent, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.63%, 2/15/15

 

65

 

 

65

 

38

 

 

 

38

 

Verso Paper Holdings LLC/Verso Paper, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.13%, 8/1/14

 

95

 

 

95

 

38

 

 

 

38

 

Warner Chilcott Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.75%, 2/1/15

 

77

 

 

77

 

69

 

 

 

69

 

Westlake Chemical Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.63%, 1/15/16

 

90

 

 

90

 

53

 

 

 

53

 

Williams Cos., Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.88%, 9/1/21 (f)

 

180

 

 

180

 

138

 

 

 

138

 

Windstream Corp.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.13%, 8/1/13

 

40

 

 

40

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

XM Satellite Radio Holdings, Inc.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.00%, 8/1/13 (a)

 

80

 

 

80

 

19

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

13,683

 

 

13,683

 

10,223

 

 

 

10,223

 

Mortgage Securities (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CA FM Lease Trust,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50%, 7/15/17 (a)

 

67

 

 

67

 

70

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

13,750

 

 

13,750

 

10,293

 

 

 

10,293

 

Uruguay (0.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (0.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Uruguay,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.00%, 11/18/22

 

44

 

545

 

589

 

41

 

507

 

 

548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Venezuela (7.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sovereign (7.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Venezuela,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.75%, 2/26/16

 

79

 

987

 

1,066

 

34

 

424

 

 

458

 

7.00%, 3/31/38

 

130

 

1,631

 

1,761

 

48

 

599

 

 

647

 

8.50%, 10/8/14

 

120

 

 

120

 

63

 

 

 

63

 

9.00%, 5/7/23

 

49

 

617

 

666

 

20

 

250

 

 

270

 

9.25%, 9/15/27 - 5/7/28

 

1,090

 

18,484

 

19,574

 

530

 

8,831

 

 

9,361

 

10.75%, 9/19/13

 

440

 

8,330

 

8,770

 

290

 

5,498

 

 

5,788

 

 

 

1,908

 

27,431

 

29,339

 

985

 

15,602

 

 

16,587

 

TOTAL DEBT INSTRUMENTS (Cost $264,641)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,583

 

198,250

 

 

223,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON STOCK (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SW Acquisition LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Cost $—) (b)(g)(h)

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PREFERRED STOCKS (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fannie Mae, 8.75%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Convertible)

 

305

 

 

305

 

@

 

 

@

Preferred Blocker, Inc.(a)(h)

 

63

 

 

63

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

See notes to pro-forma financial statements.

 

B-39



 

Portfolio of Investments

(Showing Percentage of Total Value of Investments)

As of December 31, 2008 (unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global

Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

Pro Forma

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging

Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Value

 

Value

 

Adjustments

 

Value

 

Security Description

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

TOTAL PREFERRED STOCKS (Cost $49)

 

368

 

 

368

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No. of

 

No. of

 

No. of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants

 

Warrants

 

Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WARRANTS (0.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nigeria (0.2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Bank of Nigeria, expires 11/15/20 (d)

 

500

 

3,000

 

3,500

 

50

 

300

 

 

350

 

Venezuela (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of Venezuela, Oil-Linked Payment Obligation, expires 4/15/20 (d)

 

950

 

 

950

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

TOTAL WARRANTS (Cost $—@)

 

1,450

 

3,000

 

4,450

 

74

 

300

 

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS (3.6%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States (3.6%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Company (3.6%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley Institutional Liquidity Funds — Money Market Portfolio — Institutional Class (i)

 

719,148

 

7,661,838

 

8,380,986

 

719

 

7,662

 

 

8,381

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

Face Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

(000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury Security (0.0%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury Bill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.002%, 1/15/09 (j)

 

$

60

 

$

 

$

60

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

TOTAL SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS (Cost $8,441)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

779

 

7,662

 

 

8,441

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS (100.0%) (Cost $273,131)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,456

 

206,212

 

 

232,668

 

LIABILITIES IN EXCESS OF OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,933

)

(20,506

)

(190

)(k)

(22,629

)

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

24,523

 

$

185,706

 

$

(190

)

$

210,039

 

 

See notes to pro-forma financial statements.

 

B-40



 

The Funds adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), effective January 1, 2008. In accordance with SFAS 157, fair value is defined as the price that the Funds would receive to sell an investment or pay to transfer a liability in a timely transaction with an independent buyer in the principal market, or in the absence of a principal market the most advantageous market for the investment or liability. SFAS 157 establishes a three-tier hierarchy to distinguish between (1) inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in valuing an asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs) and (2) inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in valuing an asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs) and to establish classification of fair value measurements for disclosure purposes. Various inputs are used in determining the value the Funds’ investments. The inputs are summarized in the three broad levels listed below.

 

Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical securities

Level 2 — other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices for similar investments, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk, etc.)

Level 3 — significant unobservable inputs (including each Fund’s own assumptions in determining the fair value of investments)

 

The inputs or methodology used for valuing securities are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in those securities.

 

The following is a summary of the inputs used as of December 31, 2008 in valuing the Funds’ investments carried at value:

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity Bond
Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

Combined Pro Forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in Securities (Level 1) (000)

 

$

 719

 

$

 7,662

 

$

 8,381

 

Investments in Securities (Level 2) (000)

 

25,737

 

198,550

 

224,287

 

Investments in Securities (Level 3) (000)

 

**

 

**

Total

 

26,456

 

206,212

 

232,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Instruments * (Level 1) (000)

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Instruments * (Level 2) (000)

 

(1,753

)

(16,488

)

(18,241

)

Other Financial Instruments * (Level 3) (000)

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

 (1,753

)

$

 (16,488

)

$

 (18,241

)

 

The following is a reconciliation of investments in which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were used in determining value:

 

Investments in Securities (000)

 

Balance as of 12/31/07

 

$

 20

 

$

 422

 

$

 442

 

Accrued discounts/premiums

 

@

2

 

2

 

Realized gain (loss)

 

(806

)

(138

)

(944

)

Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

797

 

(63

)

734

 

Net purchases (sales)

 

(11

)

(223

)

(234

)

Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3

 

 

 

 

Balance as of 12/31/08

 

$

 —

**

$

 —

 

$

 —

**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in earnings attributable to the change unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held as of 12/31/08.

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 


@ Amount is less than $500.

* Other financial instruments include forwards and reverse repurchase agreements.

** Includes a security which is valued at zero.

 

Security Valuation: Bonds and other fixed income securities may be valued according to the broadest and most representative market. In addition, bonds and other fixed income securities may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service. The prices provided by a pricing service take into account broker dealer market price quotations for institutional size trading in similar groups of securities, security quality, maturity, coupon and other security characteristics as well as any developments related to the specific securities.  Securities listed on a foreign exchange are valued at their closing price. Unlisted securities and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean between the current bid and asked prices obtained from reputable brokers. Equity securities listed on a U.S. exchange are valued at the latest quoted sales price on the valuation date. Equity securities listed or traded on NASDAQ, for which market quotations are available, are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price.

 

B-41



 

Debt securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, if it approximates market value.

 

All other securities and investments for which market values are not readily available, including restricted securities, and those securities for which it is inappropriate to determine prices in accordance with the aforementioned procedures, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Directors”), although the actual calculations may be done by others. Factors considered in making this determination may include, but are not limited to, information obtained

by contacting the issuer, analysts, or the appropriate stock exchange (for exchange-traded securities), analysis of the issuer’s financial statements or other available documents and, if necessary, available information concerning other securities in similar circumstances.

 

Most foreign markets close before the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Occasionally, developments that could affect the closing prices of securities and other assets may occur between the times at which valuations of such securities are determined (that is, close of the foreign market on which the securities trade) and the close of business on the NYSE. If these developments are expected to materially affect the value of the securities, the valuations may be adjusted to reflect the estimated fair value as of the close of the NYSE, as determined in good faith under procedures established by the Directors.

 

B-42



 

Foreign Currency Exchange Contract Information

The Funds have the following foreign currency exchange contract(s) open at period end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity Bond
Fund, Inc.
Currency to
Deliver
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.
Currency to
Deliver
(000)

 

Combined Pro
Forma
Currency to
Deliver
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity Bond
Fund, Inc.
Value
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.
Value
(000)

 

Combined
Pro Forma
Value
(000)

 

Settlement
Date

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity Bond
Fund, Inc.
In Exchange For
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.
In Exchange For
(000)

 

Combined Pro
Forma
In Exchange
For
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity Bond
Fund, Inc.
Value
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.
Value
(000)

 

Combined Pro
Forma
Value
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity Bond
Fund, Inc.
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)

 

Combined Pro
Forma
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)

 

EUR

165

 

 

 

EUR

165

 

$

229

 

$

 

$

229

 

2/3/09

 

USD

213

 

$

 

USD

213

 

$

213

 

$

 

$

213

 

$(16

)

$

 

$

(16

)

USD

92

 

USD

1,150

 

USD

1,242

 

 

92

 

 

1,150

 

 

1,242

 

1/12/09

 

MXN

1,240

 

MXN

15,620

 

MXN

16,860

 

 

90

 

 

1,125

 

 

1,215

 

(2

)

 

(25

)

 

(27

)

USD

208

 

 

 

USD

208

 

 

208

 

 

 

 

208

 

2/3/09

 

EUR

165

 

 

 

EUR

165

 

 

229

 

 

 

 

229

 

21

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

529

 

$

1,150

 

$

1,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

532

 

$

1,125

 

$

1,657

 

$3

 

$

(25

)

$

(22

)

 

EUR - Euro

MXN - Mexican Peso

USD - United States Dollar

 

B-43



 

Notes to the Portfolio of Investments

 

(a)

 

144A security - Certain conditions for public sale may exist. Unless otherwise noted, these securities are deemed to be liquid.

(b)

 

Security has been deemed illiquid at December 31, 2008.

(c)

 

Issuer is in default.

(d)

 

Variable/Floating Rate Security - Interest rate changes on these instruments are based on changes in a designated base rate. The rates shown are those in effect on December 31, 2008.

(e)

 

Step Bond - Coupon rate increases in increments to maturity. Rate disclosed is as of December 31, 2008. Maturity date disclosed is the ultimate maturity date.

(f)

 

Denotes all or a portion of securities subject to repurchase under the Reverse Repurchase Agreements as of December 31, 2008.

(g)

 

At December 31, 2008, the Fund held less than $500 of fair valued securities, representing less than 0.05% of net assets. These securities have been fair valued as determined in good faith under procedures established by and under the general supervision of the Fund’s Directors.

(h)

 

Non-income producing security.

(i)

 

The Funds invests in the Morgan Stanley Institutional Liquidity Funds — Money Market Portfolio — Institutional Class (the “Liquidity Fund”), an open-end management investment company managed by the Adviser. The investment advisory fees paid by the Fund are reduced by an amount equal to its pro-rata share of the advisory and administration fees paid by the Liquidity Fund. For the year ended December 31, 2008, advisory fees paid were reduced by approximately $6,000 relating to the Fund’s investment in the Liquidity Fund. For the same period, income distributions earned by the Fund are recorded as dividends from affiliates and totaled approximately $134,000. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the approximate cost of purchase and sales in the Liquidity Fund were $151,844,000 and $150,258,000, respectively.

(j)

 

Rate shown is the yield to maturity at December 31, 2008.

(k)

 

Estimated reorganization expenditures and will not be borne by pro forma combined fund on a going forward basis.

@

 

Value is less than $500.

BRL

 

Brazilian Real

MXN

 

Mexican Peso

NGN

 

Nigerian Naira

PIK

 

Payment-in-kind. Income may be paid in additional securities or cash at the discretion of the issuer.

 

As of December 31, 2008, the gross unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments based on the aggregate cost of investments for federal income tax purposes was as follows:

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global
Opportunity Bond
Fund, Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging
Markets Debt
Fund, Inc.

 

Combined Pro
Forma

 

Aggregate gross unrealized appreciation

 

$

438,000

 

$

3,071,000

 

$

3,509,000

 

Aggregate gross unrealized depreciation

 

(6,196,000

)

(38,281,000

)

(44,477,000

)

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

$

(5,758,000

)

$

(35,210,000

)

$

(40,968,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax cost of investments

 

$

32,214,000

 

$

241,422,000

 

$

273,636,000

 

 

B-44



 

PRO FORMA COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

AS OF  December 31, 2008 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging Markets
Debt Fund, Inc.
(000)

 

Adjustments
(000)

 

Pro Forma
Combined Fund
(000)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in Securities of Unaffiliated Issuers, at Cost

 

$

31,408

 

$

233,342

 

$

 

$

264,750

 

Investment in Security of Affiliated Issuer, at Cost

 

719

 

7,662

 

 

 

8,381

 

Total Investments in Securities, at Cost

 

32,127

 

241,004

 

 

$

273,131

 

Foreign Currency, at Cost

 

18

 

479

 

 

 

$

497

 

Investments in Securities of Unaffiliated Issuers, at Value

 

$

25,737

 

$

198,550

 

$

 

$

224,287

 

Investments in Security of Affiliated Issuer, at Value

 

719

 

7,662

 

 

 

8,381

 

Total Investments in Securities, at Value

 

26,456

 

206,212

 

 

232,668

 

Cash

 

46

 

 

 

46

 

Foreign currency, at Value

 

15

 

445

 

 

460

 

Receivable for Investments Sold

 

28

 

 

 

28

 

Unrealized Appreciation on Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

Receivable from Affiliate

 

@

1

 

 

1

 

Dividends Receivable

 

1

 

8

 

 

9

 

Interest Receivable

 

720

 

5,332

 

 

6,052

 

Other Assets

 

1

 

5

 

 

6

 

Total Assets

 

$

27,288

 

$

212,003

 

$

 

$

239,291

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

$

1,763

 

$

16,467

 

$

 

$

18,230

 

Dividends Declared

 

755

 

8,389

 

 

9,144

 

Outstanding Warrants

 

 

956

 

 

956

 

Lehman Brothers Closed Reverse Repurchase Transactions

 

21

 

81

 

 

102

 

Lehman Brothers Closed Swap Transactions

 

134

 

 

 

134

 

Bank Overdraft

 

 

137

 

 

137

 

Investment Advisory Fees

 

20

 

156

 

 

176

 

Administration Fees

 

2

 

6

 

 

8

 

Custodian Fees

 

4

 

9

 

 

13

 

Directors’ Fees and Expenses

 

3

 

6

 

 

9

 

Unrealized Depreciation on Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

 

18

 

25

 

 

43

 

Estimated reorganization cost

 

 

 

190

(a)

190

 

Other Liabilities

 

45

 

65

 

 

110

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

2,765

 

$

26,297

 

$

190

 

$

29,252

 

Net Assets

 

$

24,523

 

$

185,706

 

$

(190

)

$

210,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

$

41

 

$

211

 

 

252

 

Paid in Capital

 

46,723

 

233,740

 

 

280,463

 

Undistributed (Distributions in Excess of) Net Investment Income

 

168

 

(1,020

)

(190

)(a)

(1,042

)

Accumulated Net Realized Loss

 

(16,732

)

(11,337

)

 

(28,069

)

Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments and Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency Exchange Contracts and Translations

 

(5,677

)

(35,888

)

 

(41,565

)

Net Assets

 

$

24,523

 

$

185,706

 

$

(190

)

$

210,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Outstanding (not in thousands)

 

4,103,296

 

21,116,315

 

(1,324,251

)(b)

23,895,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Authorized (not in thousands)

 

100,000,000

 

100,000,000

 

 

100,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Par Value

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Asset Value Per Share

 

$

5.98

 

$

8.79

 

 

$

8.79

 

 


@ — Amount is less than $500.

(a) Estimated reorganization expenditures and will not be borne by pro forma combined fund on a going forward basis.

(b) Estimated adjustment to the number of shares outstanding due to the merger.

 

B-45



 

PRO FORMA COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD ENDED December 31, 2008 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging Markets
Debt Fund, Inc.
(000)

 

Adjustments
(000)

 

Pro Forma
Combined Fund
(000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest from Securities of Unaffiliated Issuers

 

$

2,678

 

$

16,575

 

$

 

$

19,253

 

Dividends from Security of Affiliated Issuer

 

24

 

110

 

 

134

 

Dividends from Securities of Unaffiliated Issuers

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Total Investment Income

 

2,703

 

16,685

 

 

19,388

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Advisory Fees

 

301

 

2,247

 

 

2,548

 

Administration Fees

 

24

 

180

 

(17

)(a)

187

 

Custodian Fees

 

13

 

26

 

(5

)(b)

34

 

Directors’ Fees and Expenses

 

1

 

4

 

 

5

 

Professional Fees

 

79

 

132

 

(77

)(c)

134

 

Stockholder Reporting Expenses

 

29

 

39

 

(20

)(d)

48

 

Stockholder Servicing Agent Fees

 

8

 

9

 

(6

)(e)

11

 

Other Expenses

 

41

 

49

 

(28

)(f)

62

 

Expenses Before Non Operating Expenses

 

496

 

2,686

 

(153

)

3,029

 

Interest Expense on Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

107

 

192

 

 

299

 

Bank Overdraft Expense

 

1

 

3

 

 

4

 

Total Expenses

 

604

 

2,881

 

(153

)

3,332

 

Waiver of Administration Fees

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(101

)

Rebate from Morgan Stanley Affiliated Cash Sweep

 

(1

)

(5

)

 

(6

)

Expense Offset

 

@

(3

)

 

(3

)

Net Expenses

 

603

 

2,772

 

(153

)

3,222

 

Net Investment Income

 

$

2,100

 

$

13,913

 

$

153

 

$

16,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized Gain (Loss) on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

(3,036

)

(2,776

)

 

(5,812

)

Foreign Currency Transactions

 

104

 

2,158

 

 

2,262

 

Futures Contracts

 

(497

)

(5,507

)

 

(6,004

)

Swap Agreements

 

368

 

3,461

 

 

3,829

 

Net Realized Loss

 

(3,061

)

(2,664

)

 

(5,725

)

Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

(5,104

)

(46,690

)

 

(51,794

)

Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts and Translations

 

(4

)

(170

)

 

(174

)

Futures Contracts

 

27

 

282

 

 

309

 

Swap Agreements

 

(196

)

(462

)

 

(658

)

Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)

 

(5,277

)

(47,040

)

 

(52,317

)

Net Realized Gain (Loss) and Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)

 

(8,338

)

(49,704

)

 

(58,042

)

Increase from Payment by Affiliate

 

36

 

 

 

36

 

Net Decrease in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

 

$

(6,202

)

$

(35,791

)

$

153

 

$

(41,840

)

 


@ —

Amount is less than $500.

(a) —

Reflects adjustment of Adminstration fee for Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc.

(b) —

Reflects elimination of transaction fees of approximately $5,000 for Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc. Safekeeping charges would be picked up by Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc.

(c) —

Reflects elimination of audit and tax return fees for Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc.

(d) —

Reflects elimination of annual fixed charges for Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc. ($20,000 of which $19,250 for shareholder reporting and $750 for quarterly filings).

(e) —

Reflects elimination of fixed fees for Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc. for manual and automatic transactions.

(f) —

Reflects elimination of approximately $28,000 for miscellaneous invoices for NYSE listing fees, CCO fees, and Lipper for Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc.

 

B-46



 

Notes to Pro Forma Combining Financial Statements

 

As Of December 31, 2008 (Unaudited)

 

1. These financial statements set forth the unaudited pro forma condensed Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and the unaudited pro forma condensed Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2008 for the Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Inc. and the Morgan Stanley Global Opportunity Bond Fund, Inc., as adjusted giving effect to the Reorganization as if it had occurred as of December 31, 2008. These statements have been derived from the books and records utilized in calculating daily net asset value for each Fund.

 

2. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio of Investments of the Combined Fund on the closing date of the Reorganization will match the Pro Forma Portfolio of Investments presented herein. Certain securities acquired in the Reorganization could be sold by the surviving entity; however, no securities are required to be sold in connection with the Reorganization.

 

3. The reorganization costs are estimated at $190,000 which will be borne by the funds.

 

B-47



 

PRO FORMA COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD ENDED December 31, 2008 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley
Global Opportunity
Bond Fund, Inc.
(000)

 

Morgan Stanley
Emerging Markets
Debt Fund, Inc.
(000)

 

Adjustments
(000)

 

Pro Forma
Combined Fund
(000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from Sales and Maturities of Long-Term Investments

 

$

18,478

 

$

144,555

 

$

 

$

163,033

 

Purchase of Long-Term Investments

 

(17,037

)

(143,816

)

 

(160,853

)

Net Increase (Decrease) in Short-Term Investments

 

106

 

(1,702

)

 

(1,596

)

Net Increase (Decrease) in Foreign Currency Holdings

 

(14

)

(479

)

 

(493

)

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash Overdrafts

 

(20

)

96

 

 

76

 

Net Realized Gain (Loss) for Foreign Currency Transactions

 

104

 

2,158

 

 

2,262

 

Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Futures Contracts

 

(497

)

(5,507

)

 

(6,004

)

Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Swap Agreements

 

368

 

3,461

 

 

3,829

 

Reimbursement by Affiliate

 

36

 

 

 

36

 

Net Investment Income

 

2,100

 

13,913

 

 

16,013

 

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Investment Income to Net Cash Provided (Used) by Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Increase) Decrease in Receivables Related to Operations

 

63

 

381

 

 

444

 

Net (Increase) Decrease in Payables Related to Operations

 

(65

)

(111

)

 

(176

)

Accretion/Amortization of Discounts and Premiums

 

(47

)

288

 

 

241

 

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Operating Activities

 

3,575

 

13,237

 

 

16,812

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Received for Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

22,468

 

73,490

 

 

95,958

 

Cash Paid for Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

(23,219

)

(66,493

)

 

(89,712

)

Payment for Fund Shares Repurchased

 

(448

)

(5,974

)

 

(6,422

)

Cash Distributions Paid

 

(2,330

)

(14,260

)

 

(16,590

)

Net Cash Provided (Used) for Financing Activities

 

(3,529

)

(13,237

)

 

(16,766

)

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash

 

46

 

 

 

46

 

Cash at Beginning of Period

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at End of Period

 

$

46

 

$

 

$

 

$

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Paid on Reverse Repurchase Agreements during the Period

 

$

156

 

$

248

 

$

 

$

404

 

 

B-48



 

APPENDIX A

 

MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

 

I.                                         POLICY STATEMENT

 

Morgan Stanley Investment Management’s (“MSIM”) policy and procedures for voting proxies (“Policy”) with respect to securities held in the accounts of clients applies to those MSIM entities that provide discretionary investment management services and for which an MSIM entity has authority to vote proxies.  This Policy is reviewed and updated as necessary to address new and evolving proxy voting issues and standards.

 

The MSIM entities covered by this Policy currently include the following:  Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc., Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP, Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited, Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, Morgan Stanley Asset & Investment Trust Management Co., Limited, Morgan Stanley Investment Management Private Limited, Van Kampen Asset Management, and Van Kampen Advisors Inc. (each an “MSIM Affiliate” and collectively referred to as the “MSIM Affiliates” or as “we” below).

 

Each MSIM Affiliate will use its best efforts to vote proxies as part of its authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets.  With respect to the MSIM registered management investment companies (Van Kampen, Institutional and Advisor Funds—collectively referred to herein as the “MSIM Funds”), each MSIM Affiliate will vote proxies under this Policy pursuant to authority granted under its applicable investment advisory agreement or, in the absence of such authority, as authorized by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the MSIM Funds.  An MSIM Affiliate will not vote proxies if the “named fiduciary” for an ERISA account has reserved the authority for itself, or in the case of an account not governed by ERISA, the investment management or investment advisory agreement does not authorize the MSIM Affiliate to vote proxies.  MSIM Affiliates will vote proxies in a prudent and diligent manner and in the best interests of clients, including beneficiaries of and participants in a client’s benefit plan(s) for which the MSIM Affiliates manage assets, consistent with the objective of maximizing long-term investment returns (“Client Proxy Standard”).  In certain situations, a client or its fiduciary may provide an MSIM Affiliate with a proxy voting policy.  In these situations, the MSIM Affiliate will comply with the client’s policy.

 

Proxy Research Services — RiskMetrics Group ISS Governance Services (“ISS”) and Glass Lewis (together with other proxy research providers as we may retain from time to time, the “Research Providers”) are independent advisers that specialize in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors.  The services provided include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations.  While we may review and utilize the recommendations of the Research Providers in making proxy voting decisions, we are in no way obligated to follow such recommendations.  In addition to research, ISS provides vote execution, reporting, and recordkeeping services.

 

Voting Proxies for Certain Non-U.S. Companies — Voting proxies of companies located in some jurisdictions, particularly emerging markets, may involve several problems that can restrict or prevent the ability to vote such proxies or entail significant costs.  These problems include, but are not limited to:  (i) proxy statements and ballots being written in a language other than English; (ii) untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings; (iii) restrictions on the ability of holders outside the issuer’s jurisdiction of organization to exercise votes; (iv) requirements to vote proxies in person; (v) the imposition of restrictions on the sale of the securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting; and (vi) requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate our voting instructions.  As a result, we vote clients’ non-U.S. proxies on a best efforts basis only, after weighing the costs and benefits of voting such proxies, consistent with the Client Proxy Standard.  ISS has been retained to provide assistance in connection with voting non-U.S. proxies.

 

II.                                     GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

 

To promote consistency in voting proxies on behalf of its clients, we follow this Policy (subject to any exception set forth herein).  The Policy addresses a broad range of issues, and provides general voting parameters on proposals that arise most frequently.  However, details of specific proposals vary, and those details affect particular

 

A-1



 

voting decisions, as do factors specific to a given company.  Pursuant to the procedures set forth herein, we may vote in a manner that is not in accordance with the following general guidelines, provided the vote is approved by the Proxy Review Committee (see Section III for description) and is consistent with the Client Proxy Standard.  Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP will follow the procedures as described in Appendix A.

 

We endeavor to integrate governance and proxy voting policy with investment goals, using the vote to encourage portfolio companies to enhance long-term shareholder value and to provide a high standard of transparency such that equity markets can value corporate assets appropriately.

 

We seek to follow the Client Proxy Standard for each client.  At times, this may result in split votes, for example when different clients have varying economic interests in the outcome of a particular voting matter (such as a case in which varied ownership interests in two companies involved in a merger result in different stakes in the outcome).  We also may split votes at times based on differing views of portfolio managers.

 

We may abstain on matters for which disclosure is inadequate.

 

A.                                   Routine Matters.

 

We generally support routine management proposals.  The following are examples of routine management proposals:

 

·                                          Approval of financial statements and auditor reports if delivered with an unqualified auditor’s opinion.

 

·                                          General updating/corrective amendments to the charter, articles of association or bylaws, unless we believe that such amendments would diminish shareholder rights.

 

·                                          Most proposals related to the conduct of the annual meeting, with the following exceptions.  We generally oppose proposals that relate to “the transaction of such other business which may come before the meeting,” and open-ended requests for adjournment.  However, where management specifically states the reason for requesting an adjournment and the requested adjournment would facilitate passage of a proposal that would otherwise be supported under this Policy (i.e. an uncontested corporate transaction), the adjournment request will be supported.

 

We generally support shareholder proposals advocating confidential voting procedures and independent tabulation of voting results.

 

B.                                     Board of Directors.

 

1.                                       Election of directors:  Votes on board nominees can involve balancing a variety of considerations.  In balancing various factors in uncontested elections, we may take into consideration whether the company has a majority voting policy in place that we believe makes the director vote more meaningful.  In the absence of a proxy contest, we generally support the board’s nominees for director except as follows:

 

a.                                       We consider withholding support from or voting against interested directors if the company’s board does not meet market standards for director independence, or if otherwise we believe board independence is insufficient.  We refer to prevalent market standards as promulgated by a stock exchange or other authority within a given market (e.g., New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq rules for most U.S. companies, and The Combined Code on Corporate Governance in the United Kingdom).  Thus, for an NYSE company with no controlling shareholder, we would expect that at a minimum a majority of directors should be independent as defined by NYSE.  Where we view market standards as inadequate, we may withhold votes based on stronger independence standards.  Market standards notwithstanding, we generally do not view long board

 

A-2



 

tenure alone as a basis to classify a director as non-independent, although lack of board turnover and fresh perspective can be a negative factor in voting on directors.

 

i.                                          At a company with a shareholder or group that controls the company by virtue of a majority economic interest in the company, we have a reduced expectation for board independence, although we believe the presence of independent directors can be helpful, particularly in staffing the audit committee, and at times we may withhold support from or vote against a nominee on the view the board or its committees are not sufficiently independent.

 

ii.                                       We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee if he or she is affiliated with a major shareholder that has representation on a board disproportionate to its economic interest.

 

b.                                      Depending on market standards, we consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee who is interested and who is standing for election as a member of the company’s compensation, nominating or audit committee.

 

c.                                       We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee if we believe a direct conflict exists between the interests of the nominee and the public shareholders, including failure to meet fiduciary standards of care and/or loyalty.  We may oppose directors where we conclude that actions of directors are unlawful, unethical or negligent.  We consider opposing individual board members or an entire slate if we believe the board is entrenched and/or dealing inadequately with performance problems, and/or acting with insufficient independence between the board and management.

 

d.                                      We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee standing for election if the board has not taken action to implement generally accepted governance practices for which there is a “bright line” test.  For example, in the context of the U.S. market, failure to eliminate a dead hand or slow hand poison pill would be seen as a basis for opposing one or more incumbent nominees.

 

e.                                       In markets that encourage designated audit committee financial experts, we consider voting against members of an audit committee if no members are designated as such.  We also may not support the audit committee members if the company has faced financial reporting issues and/or does not put the auditor up for ratification by shareholders.

 

f.                                         We believe investors should have the ability to vote on individual nominees, and may abstain or vote against a slate of nominees where we are not given the opportunity to vote on individual nominees.

 

g.                                      We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee who has failed to attend at least 75% of the nominee’s board and board committee meetings within a given year without a reasonable excuse.  We also consider opposing nominees if the company does not meet market standards for disclosure on attendance.

 

h.                                      We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee who appears overcommitted, particularly through service on an excessive number of boards.  Market expectations are incorporated into this analysis; for U.S. boards, we generally oppose election of a nominee who serves on more than six public company boards (excluding investment companies).

 

2.                                       Discharge of directors’ duties:  In markets where an annual discharge of directors’ responsibility is a routine agenda item, we generally support such discharge.  However, we may vote against discharge or abstain from voting where there are serious findings of fraud or other unethical

 

A-3



 

behavior for which the individual bears responsibility.  The annual discharge of responsibility represents shareholder approval of actions taken by the board during the year and may make future shareholder action against the board difficult to pursue.

 

3.                                       Board independence:  We generally support U.S. shareholder proposals requiring that a certain percentage (up to 662/3%) of the company’s board members be independent directors, and promoting all-independent audit, compensation and nominating/governance committees.

 

4.                                       Board diversity:  We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals urging diversity of board membership with respect to social, religious or ethnic group.

 

5.                                       Majority voting:  We generally support proposals requesting or requiring majority voting policies in election of directors, so long as there is a carve-out for plurality voting in the case of contested elections.

 

6.                                       Proxy access:  We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to provide procedures for inclusion of shareholder nominees in company proxy statements.

 

7.                                       Proposals to elect all directors annually:  We generally support proposals to elect all directors annually at public companies (to “declassify” the Board of Directors) where such action is supported by the board, and otherwise consider the issue on a case-by-case basis based in part on overall takeover defenses at a company.

 

8.                                       Cumulative voting:  We generally support proposals to eliminate cumulative voting in the U.S. market context.  (Cumulative voting provides that shareholders may concentrate their votes for one or a handful of candidates, a system that can enable a minority bloc to place representation on a board.)  U.S. proposals to establish cumulative voting in the election of directors generally will not be supported.

 

9.                                       Separation of Chairman and CEO positions:  We vote on shareholder proposals to separate the Chairman and CEO positions and/or to appoint a non-executive Chairman based in part on prevailing practice in particular markets, since the context for such a practice varies.  In many non-U.S. markets, we view separation of the roles as a market standard practice, and support division of the roles in that context.

 

10.                                 Director retirement age and term limits:  Proposals recommending set director retirement ages or director term limits are voted on a case-by-case basis.

 

11.                                 Proposals to limit directors’ liability and/or broaden indemnification of officers and directors.  Generally, we will support such proposals provided that an individual is eligible only if he or she has not acted in bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their duties.

 

C.            Statutory Auditor Boards.

 

The statutory auditor board, which is separate from the main board of directors, plays a role in corporate governance in several markets.  These boards are elected by shareholders to provide assurance on compliance with legal and accounting standards and the company’s articles of association.  We generally vote for statutory auditor nominees if they meet independence standards.  In markets that require disclosure on attendance by internal statutory auditors, however, we consider voting against nominees for these positions who failed to attend at least 75% of meetings in the previous year.  We also consider opposing nominees if the company does not meet market standards for disclosure on attendance.

 

A-4



 

D.                                    Corporate Transactions and Proxy Fights.

 

We examine proposals relating to mergers, acquisitions and other special corporate transactions (i.e., takeovers, spin-offs, sales of assets, reorganizations, restructurings and recapitalizations) on a case-by-case basis in the interests of each fund or other account.  Proposals for mergers or other significant transactions that are friendly and approved by the Research Providers usually are supported if there is no portfolio manager objection.  We also analyze proxy contests on a case-by-case basis.

 

E.                                      Changes in Capital Structure.

 

1.                                       We generally support the following:

 

·                                          Management and shareholder proposals aimed at eliminating unequal voting rights, assuming fair economic treatment of classes of shares we hold.

 

·                                          Management proposals to increase the authorization of existing classes of common stock (or securities convertible into common stock) if:  (i) a clear business purpose is stated that we can support and the number of shares requested is reasonable in relation to the purpose for which authorization is requested; and/or (ii) the authorization does not exceed 100% of shares currently authorized and at least 30% of the total new authorization will be outstanding.  (We consider proposals that do not meet these criteria on a case-by-case basis.)

 

·                                          Management proposals to create a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50% of issued capital, unless we have concerns about use of the authority for antitakeover purposes.

 

·                                          Management proposals to authorize share repurchase plans, except in some cases in which we believe there are insufficient protections against use of an authorization for anti-takeover purposes.

 

·                                          Management proposals to reduce the number of authorized shares of common or preferred stock, or to eliminate classes of preferred stock.

 

·                                          Management proposals to effect stock splits.

 

·                                          Management proposals to effect reverse stock splits if management proportionately reduces the authorized share amount set forth in the corporate charter.  Reverse stock splits that do not adjust proportionately to the authorized share amount generally will be approved if the resulting increase in authorized shares coincides with the proxy guidelines set forth above for common stock increases.

 

·                                          Management dividend payout proposals, except where we perceive company payouts to shareholders as inadequate.

 

2.                                       We generally oppose the following (notwithstanding management support):

 

·                                          Proposals to add classes of stock that would substantially dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders.

 

·                                          Proposals to increase the authorized or issued number of shares of existing classes of stock that are unreasonably dilutive, particularly if there are no preemptive rights for existing shareholders.  However, depending on market practices, we consider voting for proposals giving general authorization for issuance of shares not subject to pre-emptive rights if the authority is limited.

 

A-5



 

·                                          Proposals that authorize share issuance at a discount to market rates, except where authority for such issuance is de minimis, or if there is a special situation that we believe justifies such authorization (as may be the case, for example, at a company under severe stress and risk of bankruptcy).

 

·                                          Proposals relating to changes in capitalization by 100% or more.

 

We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to increase dividend payout ratios, in light of market practice and perceived market weaknesses, as well as individual company payout history and current circumstances.  For example, currently we perceive low payouts to shareholders as a concern at some Japanese companies, but may deem a low payout ratio as appropriate for a growth company making good use of its cash, notwithstanding the broader market concern.

 

F.                                      Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights.

 

1.                                       Shareholder rights plans:  We generally support proposals to require shareholder approval or ratification of shareholder rights plans (poison pills).  In voting on rights plans or similar takeover defenses, we consider on a case-by-case basis whether the company has demonstrated a need for the defense in the context of promoting long-term share value; whether provisions of the defense are in line with generally accepted governance principles in the market (and specifically the presence of an adequate qualified offer provision that would exempt offers meeting certain conditions from the pill); and the specific context if the proposal is made in the midst of a takeover bid or contest for control.

 

2.                                       Supermajority voting requirements:  We generally oppose requirements for supermajority votes to amend the charter or bylaws, unless the provisions protect minority shareholders where there is a large shareholder.  In line with this view, in the absence of a large shareholder we support reasonable shareholder proposals to limit such supermajority voting requirements.

 

3.                                       Shareholder rights to call meetings:  We consider proposals to enhance shareholder rights to call meetings on a case-by-case basis.

 

4.                                       Reincorporation:  We consider management and shareholder proposals to reincorporate to a different jurisdiction on a case-by-case basis.  We oppose such proposals if we believe the main purpose is to take advantage of laws or judicial precedents that reduce shareholder rights.

 

5.                                       Anti-greenmail provisions:  Proposals relating to the adoption of anti-greenmail provisions will be supported, provided that the proposal:  (i) defines greenmail; (ii) prohibits buyback offers to large block holders (holders of at least 1% of the outstanding shares and in certain cases, a greater amount, as determined by the Proxy Review Committee) not made to all shareholders or not approved by disinterested shareholders; and (iii) contains no anti-takeover measures or other provisions restricting the rights of shareholders.

 

6.                                       Bundled proposals:  We may consider opposing or abstaining on proposals if disparate issues are “bundled” and presented for a single vote.

 

G.                                     Auditors.

 

We generally support management proposals for selection or ratification of independent auditors.  However, we may consider opposing such proposals with reference to incumbent audit firms if the company has suffered from serious accounting irregularities and we believe rotation of the audit firm is appropriate, or if fees paid to the auditor for non-audit-related services are excessive.  Generally, to determine if non-audit fees are excessive, a 50% test will be applied (i.e., non-audit-related fees should be less than 50% of the total fees paid to the auditor).  We generally vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

 

A-6



 

H.                                    Executive and Director Remuneration.

 

1.                                       We generally support the following:

 

·                                          Proposals for employee equity compensation plans and other employee ownership plans, provided that our research does not indicate that approval of the plan would be against shareholder interest.  Such approval may be against shareholder interest if it authorizes excessive dilution and shareholder cost, particularly in the context of high usage (“run rate”) of equity compensation in the recent past; or if there are objectionable plan design and provisions.

 

·                                          Proposals relating to fees to outside directors, provided the amounts are not excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry, and provided that the structure is appropriate within the market context.  While stock-based compensation to outside directors is positive if moderate and appropriately structured, we are wary of significant stock option awards or other performance-based awards for outside directors, as well as provisions that could result in significant forfeiture of value on a director’s decision to resign from a board (such forfeiture can undercut director independence).

 

·                                          Proposals for employee stock purchase plans that permit discounts up to 15%, but only for grants that are part of a broad-based employee plan, including all non-executive employees.

 

·                                          Proposals for the establishment of employee retirement and severance plans, provided that our research does not indicate that approval of the plan would be against shareholder interest.

 

2.                                       We generally oppose retirement plans and bonuses for non-executive directors and independent statutory auditors.

 

3.                                       Shareholder proposals requiring shareholder approval of all severance agreements will not be supported, but proposals that require shareholder approval for agreements in excess of three times the annual compensation (salary and bonus) generally will be supported.  We generally oppose shareholder proposals that would establish arbitrary caps on pay.  We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals that seek to limit Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs), but support such proposals where we consider SERPs to be excessive.

 

4.                                       Shareholder proposals advocating stronger and/or particular pay-for-performance models will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, with consideration of the merits of the individual proposal within the context of the particular company and its labor markets, and the company’s current and past practices.  While we generally support emphasis on long-term components of senior executive pay and strong linkage of pay to performance, we consider whether a proposal may be overly prescriptive, and the impact of the proposal, if implemented as written, on recruitment and retention.

 

5.                                       We consider shareholder proposals for U.K.-style advisory votes on pay on a case-by-case basis.

 

6.                                       We generally support proposals advocating reasonable senior executive and director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements for shares gained in executive equity compensation programs.

 

7.                                       We generally support shareholder proposals for reasonable “claw-back” provisions that provide for company recovery of senior executive bonuses to the extent they were based on achieving financial benchmarks that were not actually met in light of subsequent restatements.

 

A-7



 

8.                                       Management proposals effectively to re-price stock options are considered on a case-by-case basis.  Considerations include the company’s reasons and justifications for a re-pricing, the company’s competitive position, whether senior executives and outside directors are excluded, potential cost to shareholders, whether the re-pricing or share exchange is on a value-for-value basis, and whether vesting requirements are extended.

 

I.                                         Social, Political and Environmental Issues.

 

We consider proposals relating to social, political and environmental issues on a case-by-case basis to determine likely financial impacts on shareholder value, balancing concerns on reputational and other risks that may be raised in a proposal against costs of implementation.  We may abstain from voting on proposals that do not have a readily determinable financial impact on shareholder value.  While we support proposals that we believe will enhance useful disclosure, we generally vote against proposals requesting reports that we believe are duplicative, related to matters not material to the business, or that would impose unnecessary or excessive costs.  We believe that certain social and environmental shareholder proposals may intrude excessively on management prerogatives, which can lead us to oppose them.

 

J.                                        Fund of Funds.

 

Certain Funds advised by an MSIM Affiliate invest only in other MSIM Funds.  If an underlying fund has a shareholder meeting, in order to avoid any potential conflict of interest, such proposals will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of the other shareholders of the underlying fund, unless otherwise determined by the Proxy Review Committee.

 

I                                            ADMINISTRATION OF POLICY

 

The MSIM Proxy Review Committee (the “Committee”) has overall responsibility for the Policy.  The Committee, which is appointed by MSIM’s Chief Investment Officer of Global Equities (“CIO”) or senior officer, consists of senior investment professionals who represent the different investment disciplines and geographic locations of the firm, and is chaired by the director of the Corporate Governance Team (“CGT”).  Because proxy voting is an investment responsibility and impacts shareholder value, and because of their knowledge of companies and markets, portfolio managers and other members of investment staff play a key role in proxy voting, although the Committee has final authority over proxy votes.

 

The CGT Director is responsible for identifying issues that require Committee deliberation or ratification.  The CGT, working with advice of investment teams and the Committee, is responsible for voting on routine items and on matters that can be addressed in line with these Policy guidelines.  The CGT has responsibility for voting case-by-case where guidelines and precedent provide adequate guidance.

 

The Committee will periodically review and have the authority to amend, as necessary, the Policy and establish and direct voting positions consistent with the Client Proxy Standard.

 

CGT and members of the Committee may take into account Research Providers’ recommendations and research as well as any other relevant information they may request or receive, including portfolio manager and/or analyst comments and research, as applicable.  Generally, proxies related to securities held in accounts that are managed pursuant to quantitative, index or index-like strategies (“Index Strategies”) will be voted in the same manner as those held in actively managed accounts, unless economic interests of the accounts differ.  Because accounts managed using Index Strategies are passively managed accounts, research from portfolio managers and/or analysts related to securities held in these accounts may not be available.  If the affected securities are held only in accounts that are managed pursuant to Index Strategies, and the proxy relates to a matter that is not described in this Policy, the CGT will consider all available information from the Research Providers, and to the extent that the holdings are significant, from the portfolio managers and/or analysts.

 

A-8



 

A.                                   Committee Procedures

 

The Committee meets at least annually to review and consider changes to the Policy.  The Committee will appoint a subcommittee (the “Subcommittee”) to meet as needed between Committee meetings to address any outstanding issues relating to the Policy or its implementation.

 

The Subcommittee will meet on an ad hoc basis to (among other functions):  (1) monitor and ratify “split voting” (i.e., allowing certain shares of the same issuer that are the subject of the same proxy solicitation and held by one or more MSIM portfolios to be voted differently than other shares) and/or “override voting” (i.e., voting all MSIM portfolio shares in a manner contrary to the Policy); (2) review and approve upcoming votes, as appropriate, for matters as requested by CGT.

 

The Committee reserves the right to review voting decisions at any time and to make voting decisions as necessary to ensure the independence and integrity of the votes.  The Committee or the Subcommittee are provided with reports on at least a monthly basis detailing specific key votes cast by CGT.

 

B.                                     Material Conflicts of Interest

 

In addition to the procedures discussed above, if the CGT Director determines that an issue raises a material conflict of interest, the CGT Director will request a special committee to review, and recommend a course of action with respect to, the conflict(s) in question (“Special Committee”).

 

A potential material conflict of interest could exist in the following situations, among others:

 

1.                                       The issuer soliciting the vote is a client of MSIM or an affiliate of MSIM and the vote is on a matter that materially affects the issuer.

 

2.                                       The proxy relates to Morgan Stanley common stock or any other security issued by Morgan Stanley or its affiliates except if echo voting is used, as with MSIM Funds, as described herein.

 

3.                                       Morgan Stanley has a material pecuniary interest in the matter submitted for a vote (e.g., acting as a financial advisor to a party to a merger or acquisition for which Morgan Stanley will be paid a success fee if completed).

 

If the CGT Director determines that an issue raises a potential material conflict of interest, depending on the facts and circumstances, the issue will be addressed as follows:

 

1.                                       If the matter relates to a topic that is discussed in this Policy, the proposal will be voted as per the Policy.

 

2.                                       If the matter is not discussed in this Policy or the Policy indicates that the issue is to be decided case-by-case, the proposal will be voted in a manner consistent with the Research Providers, provided that all the Research Providers have the same recommendation, no portfolio manager objects to that vote, and the vote is consistent with MSIM’s Client Proxy Standard.

 

3.                                       If the Research Providers’ recommendations differ, the CGT Director will refer the matter to the Subcommittee or a Special Committee to vote on the proposal, as appropriate.

 

The Special Committee shall be comprised of the CGT Director, the Chief Compliance Officer or his/ her designee, a senior portfolio manager (if practicable, one who is a member of the Proxy Review Committee) designated by the Proxy Review Committee, and MSIM’s relevant Chief Investment Officer or his/her designee, and any other persons deemed necessary by the CGT Director.  The CGT Director may request non-voting participation by MSIM’s General Counsel or his/her designee.  In addition to the research provided by Research Providers, the Special Committee may request analysis from MSIM Affiliate investment professionals and outside sources to the extent it deems appropriate.

 

A-9



 

C.                                     Proxy Voting Reporting

 

The CGT will document in writing all Committee, Subcommittee and Special Committee decisions and actions, which documentation will be maintained by the CGT for a period of at least six years.  To the extent these decisions relate to a security held by an MSIM Fund, the CGT will report the decisions to each applicable Board of Trustees/Directors of those Funds at each Board’s next regularly scheduled Board meeting.  The report will contain information concerning decisions made during the most recently ended calendar quarter immediately preceding the Board meeting.

 

MSIM will promptly provide a copy of this Policy to any client requesting it.  MSIM will also, upon client request, promptly provide a report indicating how each proxy was voted with respect to securities held in that client’s account.

 

MSIM’s Legal Department is responsible for filing an annual Form N-PX on behalf of each MSIM Fund for which such filing is required, indicating how all proxies were voted with respect to such Fund’s holdings.

 

[APPENDIX A and APPENDIX B of the Proxy Voting Policy intentionally omitted.]

 

Revised February 25, 2009.

 

A-10


 


 

PART C--OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 15.  Indemnification

 

The response to this item is included in Exhibits 1 and 2 under Item 16 below.

 

Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, Article SEVENTH of the Fund’s Charter, Article VII of the Fund’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement and the Administration Agreement provide for the indemnification of directors and officers of the Fund to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland Law, subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action.  The Fund’s Charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Item 16.  Exhibits

 

1)     Articles of Incorporation, are filed herewith.

 

2)     Amended and Restated By-Laws dated July 31, 2003, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b) to Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on August 28, 2003.

 

3)     Not applicable.

 

4)     Copy of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (filed herewith as Exhibit A to the Proxy Statement and Prospectus).

 

5)     Not applicable.

 

6)     Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, is filed herewith.

 

7)     Not applicable.

 

8)     Not applicable.

 

9)     (a) Global Custody Agreement, is filed herewith.

 

(b)   Amendment dated May 4, 2007 to the Global Custody Agreement, is filed herewith.

 

(c)   Amendment dated June 26, 2008 to the Global Custody Agreement, is filed herewith.

 

10)   Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan, is filed herewith.

 

11)   (a)   Opinion and Consent of Clifford Chance US LLP, to be filed by amendment.

 

(b)   Opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP, to be filed by amendment.

 

12)   Opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP (as to tax matters), to be filed by amendment.

 

13)   (a)   Amended and Restated Administration Agreement, is filed herewith.

 



 

(b)   Transfer Agency and Service Agreement, is filed herewith.

 

(c)   Amendment dated April 24, 2009 to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement, is filed herewith.

 

14)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, to be filed by amendment.

 

15)   Not applicable.

 

16)   Powers of Attorney of Directors dated June 19, 2009, are filed herewith.

 

17)   Not applicable.

 



 

SIGNATURES

 

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on behalf of the registrant, in the City of New York and State of New York on the 17th day of July 2009.

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY EMERGING MARKETS

 

DEBT FUND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Randy Takian

 

 

Randy Takian

 

 

President and Principal Executive Officer

 

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

(1) Principal Executive Officer

 

President and Principal Executive Officer

 

July 17, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Randy Takian

 

 

 

 

Randy Takian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Principal Financial Officer

 

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

July 17, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Garrett

 

 

 

 

James Garrett

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3) Majority of the Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

Frank L. Bowman

 

 

 

 

Michael Bozic

 

 

 

 

Kathleen A. Dennis

 

 

 

 

Manuel H. Johnson

 

 

 

 

Joseph J. Kearns

 

 

 

 

Michael F. Klein

 

 

 

 

Michael E. Nugent

 

 

 

 

W. Allen Reed

 

 

 

 

Fergus Reid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl Frischling

 

 

 

July 17, 2009

By: Carl Frischling

 

 

 

 

Attorney-In-Fact for the

 

 

 

 

Independent Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERESTED DIRECTOR

 

 

 

 

James F. Higgins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stefanie V. Chang Yu

 

 

 

July 17, 2009

By: Stefanie V. Chang Yu

 

 

 

 

Attorney-In-Fact for the

 

 

 

 

Interested Director

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

1)

Articles of Incorporation

6)

Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

9) (a)

Global Custody Agreement

    (b)

Amendment dated May 4, 2007 to the Global Custody Agreement

    (c)

Amendment dated June 26, 2008 to the Global Custody Agreement

10)

Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan

13)  (a)

U.S. Administration Agreement

       (b)

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

       (c)

Amendment dated April 24, 2009 to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

16)

Powers of Attorney of Directors dated June 19, 2009